6876 lines
		
	
	
		
			198 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
			
		
		
	
	
			6876 lines
		
	
	
		
			198 KiB
		
	
	
	
		
			C
		
	
	
	
	
	
/* GTK - The GIMP Toolkit
 | 
						|
 * Copyright (C) 1995-1997 Peter Mattis, Spencer Kimball and Josh MacDonald
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
 | 
						|
 * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | 
						|
 * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
 | 
						|
 * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
 | 
						|
 * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
 | 
						|
 * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.	 See the GNU
 | 
						|
 * Lesser General Public License for more details.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
 | 
						|
 * License along with this library; if not, write to the
 | 
						|
 * Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place - Suite 330,
 | 
						|
 * Boston, MA 02111-1307, USA.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Modified by the GTK+ Team and others 1997-2000.  See the AUTHORS
 | 
						|
 * file for a list of people on the GTK+ Team.  See the ChangeLog
 | 
						|
 * files for a list of changes.  These files are distributed with
 | 
						|
 * GTK+ at ftp://ftp.gtk.org/pub/gtk/. 
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#include <stdarg.h>
 | 
						|
#include <string.h>
 | 
						|
#include <locale.h>
 | 
						|
#include "gtkcontainer.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkaccelmap.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkclipboard.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkiconfactory.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkintl.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkmain.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkmarshalers.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkrc.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkselection.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtksettings.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtksizegroup.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkwidget.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkwindow.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkbindings.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkprivate.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gdk/gdk.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gdk/gdkprivate.h" /* Used in gtk_reset_shapes_recurse to avoid copy */
 | 
						|
#include <gobject/gvaluecollector.h>
 | 
						|
#include <gobject/gobjectnotifyqueue.c>
 | 
						|
#include "gdk/gdkkeysyms.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkintl.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkaccessible.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtktooltips.h"
 | 
						|
#include "gtkinvisible.h"
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define WIDGET_CLASS(w)	 GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (w)
 | 
						|
#define	INIT_PATH_SIZE	(512)
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum {
 | 
						|
  SHOW,
 | 
						|
  HIDE,
 | 
						|
  MAP,
 | 
						|
  UNMAP,
 | 
						|
  REALIZE,
 | 
						|
  UNREALIZE,
 | 
						|
  SIZE_REQUEST,
 | 
						|
  SIZE_ALLOCATE,
 | 
						|
  STATE_CHANGED,
 | 
						|
  PARENT_SET,
 | 
						|
  HIERARCHY_CHANGED,
 | 
						|
  STYLE_SET,
 | 
						|
  DIRECTION_CHANGED,
 | 
						|
  GRAB_NOTIFY,
 | 
						|
  CHILD_NOTIFY,
 | 
						|
  MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE,
 | 
						|
  GRAB_FOCUS,
 | 
						|
  FOCUS,
 | 
						|
  EVENT,
 | 
						|
  EVENT_AFTER,
 | 
						|
  BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  SCROLL_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  DELETE_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  DESTROY_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  EXPOSE_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  KEY_PRESS_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  KEY_RELEASE_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  CONFIGURE_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  FOCUS_IN_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  FOCUS_OUT_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  MAP_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  UNMAP_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  SELECTION_GET,
 | 
						|
  SELECTION_RECEIVED,
 | 
						|
  PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_BEGIN,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_END,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_DATA_DELETE,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_LEAVE,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_MOTION,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_DROP,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_DATA_GET,
 | 
						|
  DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED,
 | 
						|
  CLIENT_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  NO_EXPOSE_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  WINDOW_STATE_EVENT,
 | 
						|
  POPUP_MENU,
 | 
						|
  SHOW_HELP,
 | 
						|
  ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED,
 | 
						|
  SCREEN_CHANGED,
 | 
						|
  LAST_SIGNAL
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
enum {
 | 
						|
  PROP_0,
 | 
						|
  PROP_NAME,
 | 
						|
  PROP_PARENT,
 | 
						|
  PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
 | 
						|
  PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
 | 
						|
  PROP_VISIBLE,
 | 
						|
  PROP_SENSITIVE,
 | 
						|
  PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
 | 
						|
  PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
 | 
						|
  PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
 | 
						|
  PROP_IS_FOCUS,
 | 
						|
  PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
 | 
						|
  PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
 | 
						|
  PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
 | 
						|
  PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
 | 
						|
  PROP_STYLE,
 | 
						|
  PROP_EVENTS,
 | 
						|
  PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef	struct	_GtkStateData	 GtkStateData;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
struct _GtkStateData
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkStateType  state;
 | 
						|
  guint		state_restoration : 1;
 | 
						|
  guint         parent_sensitive : 1;
 | 
						|
  guint		use_forall : 1;
 | 
						|
};
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* --- prototypes --- */
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_class_init		 (GtkWidgetClass    *klass);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_init			 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_set_property		 (GObject           *object,
 | 
						|
						  guint              prop_id,
 | 
						|
						  const GValue      *value,
 | 
						|
						  GParamSpec        *pspec);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_get_property		 (GObject           *object,
 | 
						|
						  guint              prop_id,
 | 
						|
						  GValue            *value,
 | 
						|
						  GParamSpec        *pspec);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_dispose		 (GObject	    *object);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_destroy		 (GtkObject	    *object);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_finalize		 (GObject	    *object);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_show		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_hide		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_map		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_unmap		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_realize		 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_unrealize	 (GtkWidget	    *widget);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_size_request	 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | 
						|
						  GtkRequisition    *requisition);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_size_allocate	 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | 
						|
						  GtkAllocation	    *allocation);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_style_set		 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | 
						|
						  GtkStyle          *previous_style);
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_direction_changed	 (GtkWidget	    *widget,
 | 
						|
						  GtkTextDirection   previous_direction);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_real_grab_focus	 (GtkWidget         *focus_widget);
 | 
						|
static gboolean gtk_widget_real_show_help        (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | 
						|
                                                  GtkWidgetHelpType  help_type);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void	gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed	(GtkWidget        *object,
 | 
						|
								 guint             n_pspecs,
 | 
						|
								 GParamSpec      **pspecs);
 | 
						|
static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_key_press_event   	(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GdkEventKey      *event);
 | 
						|
static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_key_release_event 	(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GdkEventKey      *event);
 | 
						|
static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event   	 (GtkWidget       *widget,
 | 
						|
								  GdkEventFocus   *event);
 | 
						|
static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event   	(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GdkEventFocus    *event);
 | 
						|
static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_focus			(GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GtkDirectionType  direction);
 | 
						|
static PangoContext*	gtk_widget_peek_pango_context		(GtkWidget	  *widget);
 | 
						|
static void		gtk_widget_propagate_state		(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GtkStateData 	  *data);
 | 
						|
static void             gtk_widget_reset_rc_style               (GtkWidget        *widget);
 | 
						|
static void		gtk_widget_set_style_internal		(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GtkStyle	  *style,
 | 
						|
								 gboolean	   initial_emission);
 | 
						|
static gint		gtk_widget_event_internal		(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GdkEvent	  *event);
 | 
						|
static gboolean		gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate	(GtkWidget	  *widget,
 | 
						|
								 gboolean	   group_cycling);
 | 
						|
static void		gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy		(GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info);
 | 
						|
static AtkObject*	gtk_widget_real_get_accessible		(GtkWidget	  *widget);
 | 
						|
static void		gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init	(AtkImplementorIface *iface);
 | 
						|
static AtkObject*	gtk_widget_ref_accessible		(AtkImplementor *implementor);
 | 
						|
static void             gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows    (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
								 GdkRegion        *region);
 | 
						|
static GdkScreen *      gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked         (GtkWidget        *widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
					   gint       width,
 | 
						|
					   gint       height);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* --- variables --- */
 | 
						|
static gpointer         parent_class = NULL;
 | 
						|
static guint            widget_signals[LAST_SIGNAL] = { 0 };
 | 
						|
static GMemChunk       *aux_info_mem_chunk = NULL;
 | 
						|
static GtkStyle        *gtk_default_style = NULL;
 | 
						|
static GSList          *colormap_stack = NULL;
 | 
						|
static guint            composite_child_stack = 0;
 | 
						|
static GtkTextDirection gtk_default_direction = GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR;
 | 
						|
static GParamSpecPool  *style_property_spec_pool = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_property_parser = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_aux_info = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_accel_path = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_accel_closures = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_event_mask = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_extension_event_mode = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_parent_window = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_shape_info = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_colormap = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_pango_context = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_rc_style = 0;
 | 
						|
static GQuark		quark_accessible_object = 0;
 | 
						|
GParamSpecPool         *_gtk_widget_child_property_pool = NULL;
 | 
						|
GObjectNotifyContext   *_gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* --- functions --- */
 | 
						|
GType
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_type (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static GType widget_type = 0;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!widget_type)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      static const GTypeInfo widget_info =
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
	sizeof (GtkWidgetClass),
 | 
						|
	NULL,		/* base_init */
 | 
						|
	NULL,		/* base_finalize */
 | 
						|
	(GClassInitFunc) gtk_widget_class_init,
 | 
						|
	NULL,		/* class_finalize */
 | 
						|
	NULL,		/* class_init */
 | 
						|
	sizeof (GtkWidget),
 | 
						|
	0,		/* n_preallocs */
 | 
						|
	(GInstanceInitFunc) gtk_widget_init,
 | 
						|
	NULL,		/* value_table */
 | 
						|
      };
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      static const GInterfaceInfo accessibility_info =
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        (GInterfaceInitFunc) gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init,
 | 
						|
        (GInterfaceFinalizeFunc) NULL,
 | 
						|
        NULL /* interface data */
 | 
						|
      };
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      widget_type = g_type_register_static (GTK_TYPE_OBJECT, "GtkWidget", 
 | 
						|
					    &widget_info, G_TYPE_FLAG_ABSTRACT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_type_add_interface_static (widget_type, ATK_TYPE_IMPLEMENTOR,
 | 
						|
                                   &accessibility_info) ;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return widget_type;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
child_property_notify_dispatcher (GObject     *object,
 | 
						|
				  guint        n_pspecs,
 | 
						|
				  GParamSpec **pspecs)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (object)->dispatch_child_properties_changed (GTK_WIDGET (object), n_pspecs, pspecs);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_class_init (GtkWidgetClass *klass)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static GObjectNotifyContext cpn_context = { 0, NULL, NULL };
 | 
						|
  GObjectClass *gobject_class = G_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
 | 
						|
  GtkObjectClass *object_class = GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (klass);
 | 
						|
  GtkBindingSet *binding_set;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  parent_class = g_type_class_peek_parent (klass);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  quark_property_parser = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-property-parser");
 | 
						|
  quark_aux_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-aux-info");
 | 
						|
  quark_accel_path = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-path");
 | 
						|
  quark_accel_closures = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accel-closures");
 | 
						|
  quark_event_mask = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-event-mask");
 | 
						|
  quark_extension_event_mode = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-extension-event-mode");
 | 
						|
  quark_parent_window = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-parent-window");
 | 
						|
  quark_shape_info = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-shape-info");
 | 
						|
  quark_colormap = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-colormap");
 | 
						|
  quark_pango_context = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-pango-context");
 | 
						|
  quark_rc_style = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-rc-style");
 | 
						|
  quark_accessible_object = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-accessible-object");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  style_property_spec_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (FALSE);
 | 
						|
  _gtk_widget_child_property_pool = g_param_spec_pool_new (TRUE);
 | 
						|
  cpn_context.quark_notify_queue = g_quark_from_static_string ("GtkWidget-child-property-notify-queue");
 | 
						|
  cpn_context.dispatcher = child_property_notify_dispatcher;
 | 
						|
  _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context = &cpn_context;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gobject_class->dispose = gtk_widget_dispose;
 | 
						|
  gobject_class->finalize = gtk_widget_finalize;
 | 
						|
  gobject_class->set_property = gtk_widget_set_property;
 | 
						|
  gobject_class->get_property = gtk_widget_get_property;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  object_class->destroy = gtk_widget_real_destroy;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  klass->activate_signal = 0;
 | 
						|
  klass->set_scroll_adjustments_signal = 0;
 | 
						|
  klass->dispatch_child_properties_changed = gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed;
 | 
						|
  klass->show = gtk_widget_real_show;
 | 
						|
  klass->show_all = gtk_widget_show;
 | 
						|
  klass->hide = gtk_widget_real_hide;
 | 
						|
  klass->hide_all = gtk_widget_hide;
 | 
						|
  klass->map = gtk_widget_real_map;
 | 
						|
  klass->unmap = gtk_widget_real_unmap;
 | 
						|
  klass->realize = gtk_widget_real_realize;
 | 
						|
  klass->unrealize = gtk_widget_real_unrealize;
 | 
						|
  klass->size_request = gtk_widget_real_size_request;
 | 
						|
  klass->size_allocate = gtk_widget_real_size_allocate;
 | 
						|
  klass->state_changed = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->parent_set = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->hierarchy_changed = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->style_set = gtk_widget_style_set;
 | 
						|
  klass->direction_changed = gtk_widget_direction_changed;
 | 
						|
  klass->grab_notify = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->child_notify = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->mnemonic_activate = gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate;
 | 
						|
  klass->grab_focus = gtk_widget_real_grab_focus;
 | 
						|
  klass->focus = gtk_widget_real_focus;
 | 
						|
  klass->event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->button_press_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->button_release_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->motion_notify_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->delete_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->destroy_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->expose_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->key_press_event = gtk_widget_real_key_press_event;
 | 
						|
  klass->key_release_event = gtk_widget_real_key_release_event;
 | 
						|
  klass->enter_notify_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->leave_notify_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->configure_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->focus_in_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event;
 | 
						|
  klass->focus_out_event = gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event;
 | 
						|
  klass->map_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->unmap_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->window_state_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->property_notify_event = _gtk_selection_property_notify;
 | 
						|
  klass->selection_clear_event = gtk_selection_clear;
 | 
						|
  klass->selection_request_event = _gtk_selection_request;
 | 
						|
  klass->selection_notify_event = _gtk_selection_notify;
 | 
						|
  klass->selection_received = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->proximity_in_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->proximity_out_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->drag_begin = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->drag_end = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->drag_data_delete = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->drag_leave = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->drag_motion = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->drag_drop = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->drag_data_received = NULL;
 | 
						|
  klass->screen_changed = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  klass->show_help = gtk_widget_real_show_help;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Accessibility support */
 | 
						|
  klass->get_accessible = gtk_widget_real_get_accessible;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  klass->no_expose_event = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_NAME,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_string ("name",
 | 
						|
 							_("Widget name"),
 | 
						|
							_("The name of the widget"),
 | 
						|
							NULL,
 | 
						|
							G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_PARENT,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_object ("parent",
 | 
						|
							_("Parent widget"), 
 | 
						|
							_("The parent widget of this widget. Must be a Container widget"),
 | 
						|
							GTK_TYPE_CONTAINER,
 | 
						|
							G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_int ("width_request",
 | 
						|
 						     _("Width request"),
 | 
						|
 						     _("Override for width request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
 | 
						|
 						     -1,
 | 
						|
 						     G_MAXINT,
 | 
						|
 						     -1,
 | 
						|
 						     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_int ("height_request",
 | 
						|
 						     _("Height request"),
 | 
						|
 						     _("Override for height request of the widget, or -1 if natural request should be used"),
 | 
						|
 						     -1,
 | 
						|
 						     G_MAXINT,
 | 
						|
 						     -1,
 | 
						|
 						     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_VISIBLE,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("visible",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Visible"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget is visible"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_SENSITIVE,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("sensitive",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Sensitive"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget responds to input"),
 | 
						|
 							 TRUE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_APP_PAINTABLE,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("app_paintable",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Application paintable"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the application will paint directly on the widget"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_CAN_FOCUS,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("can_focus",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Can focus"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget can accept the input focus"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("has_focus",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Has focus"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget has the input focus"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_HAS_FOCUS,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("is_focus",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Is focus"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget is the focus widget within the toplevel"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_CAN_DEFAULT,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("can_default",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Can default"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget can be the default widget"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_HAS_DEFAULT,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("has_default",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Has default"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget is the default widget"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("receives_default",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Receives default"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("If TRUE, the widget will receive the default action when it is focused"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_boolean ("composite_child",
 | 
						|
 							 _("Composite child"),
 | 
						|
 							 _("Whether the widget is part of a composite widget"),
 | 
						|
 							 FALSE,
 | 
						|
 							 G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_STYLE,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_object ("style",
 | 
						|
 							_("Style"),
 | 
						|
 							_("The style of the widget, which contains information about how it will look (colors etc)"),
 | 
						|
 							GTK_TYPE_STYLE,
 | 
						|
 							G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_EVENTS,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_flags ("events",
 | 
						|
 						       _("Events"),
 | 
						|
 						       _("The event mask that decides what kind of GdkEvents this widget gets"),
 | 
						|
 						       GDK_TYPE_EVENT_MASK,
 | 
						|
 						       GDK_STRUCTURE_MASK,
 | 
						|
 						       G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  g_object_class_install_property (gobject_class,
 | 
						|
				   PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS,
 | 
						|
				   g_param_spec_enum ("extension_events",
 | 
						|
 						      _("Extension events"),
 | 
						|
 						      _("The mask that decides what kind of extension events this widget gets"),
 | 
						|
 						      GDK_TYPE_EXTENSION_MODE,
 | 
						|
 						      GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE,
 | 
						|
 						      G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SHOW] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("show",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[HIDE] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("hide",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hide),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[MAP] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("map",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[UNMAP] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("unmap",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[REALIZE] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("realize",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, realize),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[UNREALIZE] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("unrealize",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unrealize),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SIZE_REQUEST] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("size_request",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_request),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_REQUISITION | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE] = 
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("size_allocate",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, size_allocate),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_RECTANGLE | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("state_changed",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, state_changed),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_STATE_TYPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[PARENT_SET] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("parent_set",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, parent_set),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("hierarchy_changed",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, hierarchy_changed),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_WIDGET);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[STYLE_SET] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("style_set",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, style_set),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_STYLE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("direction_changed",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, direction_changed),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__ENUM,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_TEXT_DIRECTION);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[GRAB_NOTIFY] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("grab_notify",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST,
 | 
						|
                  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_notify),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOOLEAN,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("child_notify",
 | 
						|
		   G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		   G_SIGNAL_RUN_FIRST | G_SIGNAL_NO_RECURSE | G_SIGNAL_DETAILED | G_SIGNAL_NO_HOOKS,
 | 
						|
		   G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, child_notify),
 | 
						|
		   NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		   g_cclosure_marshal_VOID__PARAM,
 | 
						|
		   G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		   G_TYPE_PARAM);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("mnemonic_activate",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, mnemonic_activate),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOOLEAN,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("grab_focus",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, grab_focus),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[FOCUS] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("focus",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (object_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_DIRECTION_TYPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("event-after",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  0,
 | 
						|
		  0,
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("button_press_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_press_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("button_release_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, button_release_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SCROLL_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("scroll_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, scroll_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("motion_notify_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, motion_notify_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DELETE_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("delete_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, delete_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DESTROY_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("destroy_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, destroy_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[EXPOSE_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("expose_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, expose_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[KEY_PRESS_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("key_press_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_press_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[KEY_RELEASE_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("key_release_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, key_release_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("enter_notify_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, enter_notify_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("leave_notify_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, leave_notify_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[CONFIGURE_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("configure_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, configure_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[FOCUS_IN_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("focus_in_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_in_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[FOCUS_OUT_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("focus_out_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, focus_out_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[MAP_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("map_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, map_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[UNMAP_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("unmap_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, unmap_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("property_notify_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, property_notify_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("selection_clear_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_clear_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("selection_request_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_request_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("selection_notify_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_notify_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SELECTION_RECEIVED] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("selection_received",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_received),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SELECTION_GET] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("selection_get",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, selection_get),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__BOXED_UINT_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 3,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("proximity_in_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_in_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("proximity_out_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, proximity_out_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_LEAVE] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_leave",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_leave),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 2,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_BEGIN] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_begin",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_begin),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_END] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_end",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_end),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_DELETE] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_data_delete",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_delete),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_MOTION] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_motion",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_motion),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_DROP] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_drop",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_drop),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__OBJECT_INT_INT_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 4,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_GET] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_data_get",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_get),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 4,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[DRAG_DATA_RECEIVED] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("drag_data_received",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, drag_data_received),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT_INT_INT_BOXED_UINT_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 6,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_DRAG_CONTEXT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_INT,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_SELECTION_DATA | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_UINT);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("visibility_notify_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, visibility_notify_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[CLIENT_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("client_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, client_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[NO_EXPOSE_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("no_expose_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, no_expose_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[WINDOW_STATE_EVENT] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("window_state_event",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, window_state_event),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__BOXED,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_EVENT | G_SIGNAL_TYPE_STATIC_SCOPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[POPUP_MENU] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("popup_menu",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, popup_menu),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__VOID,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SHOW_HELP] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("show_help",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST | G_SIGNAL_ACTION,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, show_help),
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_boolean_handled_accumulator, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_BOOLEAN__ENUM,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_BOOLEAN, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("accel_closures_changed",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  0,
 | 
						|
		  0,
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_NONE__NONE,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 0);
 | 
						|
  widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED] =
 | 
						|
    g_signal_new ("screen_changed",
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_FROM_CLASS (gobject_class),
 | 
						|
		  G_SIGNAL_RUN_LAST,
 | 
						|
		  G_STRUCT_OFFSET (GtkWidgetClass, screen_changed),
 | 
						|
		  NULL, NULL,
 | 
						|
		  _gtk_marshal_VOID__OBJECT,
 | 
						|
		  G_TYPE_NONE, 1,
 | 
						|
		  GDK_TYPE_SCREEN);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  binding_set = gtk_binding_set_by_class (klass);
 | 
						|
  gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F10, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
 | 
						|
                                "popup_menu", 0);
 | 
						|
  gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_Menu, 0,
 | 
						|
                                "popup_menu", 0);  
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
 | 
						|
                                "show_help", 1,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
 | 
						|
  gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_CONTROL_MASK,
 | 
						|
                                "show_help", 1,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP);
 | 
						|
  gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
 | 
						|
                                "show_help", 1,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);  
 | 
						|
  gtk_binding_entry_add_signal (binding_set, GDK_KP_F1, GDK_SHIFT_MASK,
 | 
						|
                                "show_help", 1,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_TYPE_WIDGET_HELP_TYPE,
 | 
						|
                                GTK_WIDGET_HELP_WHATS_THIS);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | 
						|
					   g_param_spec_boolean ("interior_focus",
 | 
						|
								 _("Interior Focus"),
 | 
						|
								 _("Whether to draw the focus indicator inside widgets"),
 | 
						|
								 TRUE,
 | 
						|
								 G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | 
						|
					   g_param_spec_int ("focus-line-width",
 | 
						|
							     _("Focus linewidth"),
 | 
						|
							     _("Width, in pixels, of the focus indicator line"),
 | 
						|
							     0, G_MAXINT, 1,
 | 
						|
							     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | 
						|
					   g_param_spec_string ("focus-line-pattern",
 | 
						|
								_("Focus line dash pattern"),
 | 
						|
								_("Dash pattern used to draw the focus indicator"),
 | 
						|
								"\1\1",
 | 
						|
								G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | 
						|
					   g_param_spec_int ("focus-padding",
 | 
						|
							     _("Focus padding"),
 | 
						|
							     _("Width, in pixels, between focus indicator and the widget 'box'"),
 | 
						|
							     0, G_MAXINT, 1,
 | 
						|
							     G_PARAM_READWRITE));
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | 
						|
					   g_param_spec_boxed ("cursor-color",
 | 
						|
							       _("Cursor color"),
 | 
						|
							       _("Color with which to draw insertion cursor"),
 | 
						|
							       GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
 | 
						|
							       G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | 
						|
					   g_param_spec_boxed ("secondary-cursor-color",
 | 
						|
							       _("Secondary cursor color"),
 | 
						|
							       _("Color with which to draw the secondary insertion cursor when editing mixed right-to-left and left-to-right text"),
 | 
						|
							       GDK_TYPE_COLOR,
 | 
						|
							       G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (klass,
 | 
						|
					   g_param_spec_float ("cursor-aspect-ratio",
 | 
						|
							       _("Cursor line aspect ratio"),
 | 
						|
							       _("Aspect ratio with which to draw insertion cursor"),
 | 
						|
							       0.0, 1.0, 0.04,
 | 
						|
							       G_PARAM_READABLE));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_property (GObject         *object,
 | 
						|
			 guint            prop_id,
 | 
						|
			 const GValue    *value,
 | 
						|
			 GParamSpec      *pspec)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  switch (prop_id)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      guint32 saved_flags;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    case PROP_NAME:
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_name (widget, g_value_get_string (value));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_PARENT:
 | 
						|
      gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (g_value_get_object (value)), widget);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, g_value_get_int (value), -2);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, -2, g_value_get_int (value));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_VISIBLE:
 | 
						|
      if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_show (widget);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_hide (widget);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_SENSITIVE:
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (widget, g_value_get_boolean (value));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
 | 
						|
      saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
 | 
						|
      if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_FOCUS);
 | 
						|
      if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
 | 
						|
      if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
 | 
						|
      if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
 | 
						|
      saved_flags = GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget);
 | 
						|
      if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_CAN_DEFAULT);
 | 
						|
      if (saved_flags != GTK_WIDGET_FLAGS (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
 | 
						|
      if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_grab_default (widget);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
 | 
						|
      if (g_value_get_boolean (value))
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RECEIVES_DEFAULT);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_STYLE:
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_style (widget, g_value_get_object (value));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_EVENTS:
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_set_events (widget, g_value_get_flags (value));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_extension_events (widget, g_value_get_enum (value));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_property (GObject         *object,
 | 
						|
			 guint            prop_id,
 | 
						|
			 GValue          *value,
 | 
						|
			 GParamSpec      *pspec)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  switch (prop_id)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gint *eventp;
 | 
						|
      GdkExtensionMode *modep;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    case PROP_NAME:
 | 
						|
      if (widget->name)
 | 
						|
	g_value_set_string (value, widget->name);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	g_value_set_string (value, "");
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_PARENT:
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
	g_value_set_object (value, widget->parent);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	g_value_set_object (value, NULL);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_WIDTH_REQUEST:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        int w;
 | 
						|
        gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, &w, NULL);
 | 
						|
        g_value_set_int (value, w);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_HEIGHT_REQUEST:
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
        int h;
 | 
						|
        gtk_widget_get_size_request (widget, NULL, &h);
 | 
						|
        g_value_set_int (value, h);
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_VISIBLE:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_SENSITIVE:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_APP_PAINTABLE:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_CAN_FOCUS:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_HAS_FOCUS:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_IS_FOCUS:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget)));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_CAN_DEFAULT:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_HAS_DEFAULT:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_RECEIVES_DEFAULT:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_RECEIVES_DEFAULT (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_COMPOSITE_CHILD:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_boolean (value, (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) != FALSE));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_STYLE:
 | 
						|
      g_value_set_object (value, gtk_widget_get_style (widget));
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_EVENTS:
 | 
						|
      eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | 
						|
      if (!eventp)
 | 
						|
	g_value_set_flags (value, 0);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	g_value_set_flags (value, *eventp);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    case PROP_EXTENSION_EVENTS:
 | 
						|
      modep = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | 
						|
      if (!modep)
 | 
						|
 	g_value_set_enum (value, 0);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
 	g_value_set_enum (value, (GdkExtensionMode) *modep);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    default:
 | 
						|
      G_OBJECT_WARN_INVALID_PROPERTY_ID (object, prop_id, pspec);
 | 
						|
      break;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_init (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GTK_PRIVATE_FLAGS (widget) = PRIVATE_GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE;
 | 
						|
  widget->state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
 | 
						|
  widget->saved_state = GTK_STATE_NORMAL;
 | 
						|
  widget->name = NULL;
 | 
						|
  widget->requisition.width = 0;
 | 
						|
  widget->requisition.height = 0;
 | 
						|
  widget->allocation.x = -1;
 | 
						|
  widget->allocation.y = -1;
 | 
						|
  widget->allocation.width = 1;
 | 
						|
  widget->allocation.height = 1;
 | 
						|
  widget->window = NULL;
 | 
						|
  widget->parent = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget,
 | 
						|
			GTK_SENSITIVE |
 | 
						|
			GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE |
 | 
						|
			(composite_child_stack ? GTK_COMPOSITE_CHILD : 0) |
 | 
						|
			GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
 | 
						|
  GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REQUEST_NEEDED);
 | 
						|
  GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget->style);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_dispatch_child_properties_changed (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
					      guint        n_pspecs,
 | 
						|
					      GParamSpec **pspecs)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *container = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
  guint i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (i = 0; widget->parent == container && i < n_pspecs; i++)
 | 
						|
    g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[CHILD_NOTIFY], g_quark_from_string (pspecs[i]->name), pspecs[i]);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Stops emission of "child-notify" signals on @widget. The signals are
 | 
						|
 * queued until gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify() is called on @widget. 
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This is the analogue of g_object_freeze_notify() for child properties.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_child_notify:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @child_property: the name of a child property installed on the 
 | 
						|
 *                  class of @widget<!-- -->'s parent.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Emits a "child-notify" signal for the 
 | 
						|
 * <link linkend="child-properties">child property</link> @child_property 
 | 
						|
 * on @widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This is the analogue of g_object_notify() for child properties.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_child_notify (GtkWidget    *widget,
 | 
						|
			 const gchar  *child_property)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GParamSpec *pspec;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (child_property != NULL);
 | 
						|
  if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count || !widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (_gtk_widget_child_property_pool,
 | 
						|
				    child_property,
 | 
						|
				    G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget->parent),
 | 
						|
				    TRUE);
 | 
						|
  if (!pspec)
 | 
						|
    g_warning ("%s: container class `%s' has no child property named `%s'",
 | 
						|
	       G_STRLOC,
 | 
						|
	       G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget->parent),
 | 
						|
	       child_property);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify_queue_add (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue, pspec);
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Reverts the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_freeze_child_notify().
 | 
						|
 * This causes all queued "child-notify" signals on @widget to be emitted.
 | 
						|
 */ 
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_thaw_child_notify (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!G_OBJECT (widget)->ref_count)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_from_object (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | 
						|
  if (!nqueue || !nqueue->freeze_count)
 | 
						|
    g_warning (G_STRLOC ": child-property-changed notification for %s(%p) is not frozen",
 | 
						|
	       G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_new:
 | 
						|
 * @type: type ID of the widget to create
 | 
						|
 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
 | 
						|
 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties, %NULL-terminated
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * This is a convenience function for creating a widget and setting
 | 
						|
 * its properties in one go. For example you might write:
 | 
						|
 * <literal>gtk_widget_new (GTK_TYPE_LABEL, "label", "Hello World", "xalign",
 | 
						|
 * 0.0, NULL)</literal> to create a left-aligned label. Equivalent to
 | 
						|
 * g_object_new(), but returns a widget so you don't have to
 | 
						|
 * cast the object yourself.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: a new #GtkWidget of type @widget_type
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkWidget*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_new (GType        type,
 | 
						|
		const gchar *first_property_name,
 | 
						|
		...)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *widget;
 | 
						|
  va_list var_args;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (g_type_is_a (type, GTK_TYPE_WIDGET), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
 | 
						|
  widget = (GtkWidget *)g_object_new_valist (type, first_property_name, var_args);
 | 
						|
  va_end (var_args);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return widget;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @first_property_name: name of first property to set
 | 
						|
 * @Varargs: value of first property, followed by more properties, %NULL-terminated
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Like g_object_set() - there's no reason to use this instead of
 | 
						|
 * g_object_set().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
		const gchar *first_property_name,
 | 
						|
		...)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  va_list var_args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_valist (G_OBJECT (widget), first_property_name, var_args);
 | 
						|
  va_end (var_args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static inline void	   
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *parent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  parent = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
  if (parent && GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (parent))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (parent,
 | 
						|
				widget->allocation.x,
 | 
						|
				widget->allocation.y,
 | 
						|
				widget->allocation.width,
 | 
						|
				widget->allocation.height);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_unparent:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
 | 
						|
 * Should be called by implementations of the remove method
 | 
						|
 * on #GtkContainer, to dissociate a child from the container.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_unparent (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GObjectNotifyQueue *nqueue;
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *old_parent;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  if (widget->parent == NULL)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_detach()
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
  nqueue = g_object_notify_queue_freeze (G_OBJECT (widget), _gtk_widget_child_property_notify_context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | 
						|
    _gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->focus_child == widget)
 | 
						|
    gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* If we are unanchoring the child, we save around the toplevel
 | 
						|
   * to emit hierarchy changed
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
 | 
						|
    g_object_ref (toplevel);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    toplevel = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_queue_draw_child (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Reset the width and height here, to force reallocation if we
 | 
						|
   * get added back to a new parent. This won't work if our new
 | 
						|
   * allocation is smaller than 1x1 and we actually want a size of 1x1...
 | 
						|
   * (would 0x0 be OK here?)
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  widget->allocation.width = 1;
 | 
						|
  widget->allocation.height = 1;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Removing a widget from a container restores the child visible
 | 
						|
   * flag to the default state, so it doesn't affect the child
 | 
						|
   * in the next parent.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
 | 
						|
    
 | 
						|
  old_parent = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
  widget->parent = NULL;
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_set_parent_window (widget, NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, old_parent);
 | 
						|
  if (toplevel)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, toplevel);
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (toplevel);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
 | 
						|
  g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
  if (!widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    g_object_notify_queue_clear (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify_queue_thaw (G_OBJECT (widget), nqueue);
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_destroy:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Destroys a widget. Equivalent to gtk_object_destroy(), except that
 | 
						|
 * you don't have to cast the widget to #GtkObject. When a widget is
 | 
						|
 * destroyed, it will break any references it holds to other objects.
 | 
						|
 * If the widget is inside a container, the widget will be removed
 | 
						|
 * from the container. If the widget is a toplevel (derived from
 | 
						|
 * #GtkWindow), it will be removed from the list of toplevels, and the
 | 
						|
 * reference GTK+ holds to it will be removed. Removing a
 | 
						|
 * widget from its container or the list of toplevels results in the
 | 
						|
 * widget being finalized, unless you've added additional references
 | 
						|
 * to the widget with g_object_ref().
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * In most cases, only toplevel widgets (windows) require explicit
 | 
						|
 * destruction, because when you destroy a toplevel its children will
 | 
						|
 * be destroyed as well.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_destroy (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_object_destroy ((GtkObject*) widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_destroyed:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @widget_pointer: address of a variable that contains @widget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function sets *@widget_pointer to %NULL if @widget_pointer !=
 | 
						|
 * %NULL.  It's intended to be used as a callback connected to the
 | 
						|
 * "destroy" signal of a widget. You connect gtk_widget_destroyed()
 | 
						|
 * as a signal handler, and pass the address of your widget variable
 | 
						|
 * as user data. Then when the widget is destroyed, the variable will
 | 
						|
 * be set to %NULL. Useful for example to avoid multiple copies
 | 
						|
 * of the same dialog.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_destroyed (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | 
						|
		      GtkWidget      **widget_pointer)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /* Don't make any assumptions about the
 | 
						|
   *  value of widget!
 | 
						|
   *  Even check widget_pointer.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  if (widget_pointer)
 | 
						|
    *widget_pointer = NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_show:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Flags a widget to be displayed. Any widget that isn't shown will
 | 
						|
 * not appear on the screen. If you want to show all the widgets in a
 | 
						|
 * container, it's easier to call gtk_widget_show_all() on the
 | 
						|
 * container, instead of individually showing the widgets.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Remember that you have to show the containers containing a widget,
 | 
						|
 * in addition to the widget itself, before it will appear onscreen.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * When a toplevel container is shown, it is immediately realized and
 | 
						|
 * mapped; other shown widgets are realized and mapped when their
 | 
						|
 * toplevel container is realized and mapped.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_show (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SHOW], 0);
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_show (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent &&
 | 
						|
	  GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
 | 
						|
	  GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
 | 
						|
	  !GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_map (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_show_map_callback (GtkWidget *widget, GdkEvent *event, gint *flag)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  *flag = TRUE;
 | 
						|
  g_signal_handlers_disconnect_by_func (widget,
 | 
						|
					gtk_widget_show_map_callback, 
 | 
						|
					flag);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_show_now:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Shows a widget. If the widget is an unmapped toplevel widget
 | 
						|
 * (i.e. a #GtkWindow that has not yet been shown), enter the main
 | 
						|
 * loop and wait for the window to actually be mapped. Be careful;
 | 
						|
 * because the main loop is running, anything can happen during
 | 
						|
 * this function.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_show_now (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gint flag = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* make sure we will get event */
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget) &&
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_show (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_signal_connect (widget, "map_event",
 | 
						|
			G_CALLBACK (gtk_widget_show_map_callback), 
 | 
						|
			&flag);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      while (!flag)
 | 
						|
	gtk_main_iteration ();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_show (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_hide:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Reverses the effects of gtk_widget_show(), causing the widget to be
 | 
						|
 * hidden (invisible to the user).
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
      if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | 
						|
	_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIDE], 0);
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "visible");
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_hide (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_hide_on_delete:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Utility function; intended to be connected to the "delete_event"
 | 
						|
 * signal on a #GtkWindow. The function calls gtk_widget_hide() on its
 | 
						|
 * argument, then returns %TRUE. If connected to "delete_event", the
 | 
						|
 * result is that clicking the close button for a window (on the
 | 
						|
 * window frame, top right corner usually) will hide but not destroy
 | 
						|
 * the window. By default, GTK+ destroys windows when "delete_event"
 | 
						|
 * is received.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_hide_on_delete (GtkWidget      *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_hide (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_show_all:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Recursively shows a widget, and any child widgets (if the widget is
 | 
						|
 * a container).
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_show_all (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetClass *class;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (class->show_all)
 | 
						|
    class->show_all (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_hide_all:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Recursively hides a widget and any child widgets.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_hide_all (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetClass *class;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  class = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (class->hide_all)
 | 
						|
    class->hide_all (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_map:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
 | 
						|
 * a widget to be mapped if it isn't already.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_map (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_realize (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[MAP], 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_unmap:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Causes
 | 
						|
 * a widget to be unmapped if it's currently mapped.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &widget->allocation, FALSE);
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNMAP], 0);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_realize:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Creates the GDK (windowing system) resources associated with a
 | 
						|
 * widget.  For example, @widget->window will be created when a widget
 | 
						|
 * is realized.  Normally realization happens implicitly; if you show
 | 
						|
 * a widget and all its parent containers, then the widget will be
 | 
						|
 * realized and mapped automatically.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Realizing a widget requires all
 | 
						|
 * the widget's parent widgets to be realized; calling
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_realize() realizes the widget's parents in addition to
 | 
						|
 * @widget itself. If a widget is not yet inside a toplevel window
 | 
						|
 * when you realize it, bad things will happen.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is primarily used in widget implementations, and
 | 
						|
 * isn't very useful otherwise. Many times when you think you might
 | 
						|
 * need it, a better approach is to connect to a signal that will be
 | 
						|
 * called after the widget is realized automatically, such as
 | 
						|
 * "expose_event". Or simply g_signal_connect_after() to the
 | 
						|
 * "realize" signal.
 | 
						|
 *  
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gint events;
 | 
						|
  GdkExtensionMode mode;
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetShapeInfo *shape_info;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /*
 | 
						|
	if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	  g_message ("gtk_widget_realize(%s)", g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget)));
 | 
						|
      */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent == NULL &&
 | 
						|
          !GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget))
 | 
						|
        g_warning ("Calling gtk_widget_realize() on a widget that isn't "
 | 
						|
                   "inside a toplevel window is not going to work very well. "
 | 
						|
                   "Widgets must be inside a toplevel container before realizing them.");
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent && !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_realize (widget->parent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[REALIZE], 0);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  shape_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info);
 | 
						|
	  gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window,
 | 
						|
					 shape_info->shape_mask,
 | 
						|
					 shape_info->offset_x,
 | 
						|
					 shape_info->offset_y);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  mode = gtk_widget_get_extension_events (widget);
 | 
						|
	  if (mode != GDK_EXTENSION_EVENTS_NONE)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      events = gtk_widget_get_events (widget);
 | 
						|
	      gdk_input_set_extension_events (widget->window, events, mode);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_unrealize:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is only useful in widget implementations.
 | 
						|
 * Causes a widget to be unrealized (frees all GDK resources
 | 
						|
 * associated with the widget, such as @widget->window).
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (widget, NULL, -1, -1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[UNREALIZE], 0);
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED | GTK_MAPPED);
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*****************************************
 | 
						|
 * Draw queueing.
 | 
						|
 *****************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | 
						|
 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | 
						|
 * @width: width of region to draw
 | 
						|
 * @height: height of region to draw
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Invalidates the rectangular area of @widget defined by @x, @y,
 | 
						|
 * @width and @height by calling gdk_window_invalidate_rect() on the
 | 
						|
 * widget's window and all its child windows.  Once the main loop
 | 
						|
 * becomes idle (after the current batch of events has been processed,
 | 
						|
 * roughly), the window will receive expose events for the union of
 | 
						|
 * all regions that have been invalidated.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Normally you would only use this function in widget
 | 
						|
 * implementations. You might also use it, or
 | 
						|
 * gdk_window_invalidate_rect() directly, to schedule a redraw of a
 | 
						|
 * #GtkDrawingArea or some portion thereof.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Frequently you can just call gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or
 | 
						|
 * gdk_window_invalidate_region() instead of this function. Those
 | 
						|
 * functions will invalidate only a single window, instead of the
 | 
						|
 * widget and all its children.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The advantage of adding to the invalidated region compared to
 | 
						|
 * simply drawing immediately is efficiency; using an invalid region
 | 
						|
 * ensures that you only have to redraw one time.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void	   
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			    gint       x,
 | 
						|
			    gint       y,
 | 
						|
			    gint       width,
 | 
						|
 			    gint       height)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkRectangle invalid_rect;
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *w;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  /* Just return if the widget or one of its ancestors isn't mapped */
 | 
						|
  for (w = widget; w != NULL; w = w->parent)
 | 
						|
    if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (w))
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Find the correct widget */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Translate widget relative to window-relative */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  gint wx, wy, wwidth, wheight;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &wx, &wy);
 | 
						|
	  x -= wx - widget->allocation.x;
 | 
						|
	  y -= wy - widget->allocation.y;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  gdk_drawable_get_size (widget->window, &wwidth, &wheight);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  if (x + width <= 0 || y + height <= 0 ||
 | 
						|
	      x >= wwidth || y >= wheight)
 | 
						|
	    return;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  if (x < 0)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      width += x;  x = 0;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (y < 0)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      height += y; y = 0;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  if (x + width > wwidth)
 | 
						|
	    width = wwidth - x;
 | 
						|
	  if (y + height > wheight)
 | 
						|
	    height = wheight - y;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  invalid_rect.x = x;
 | 
						|
  invalid_rect.y = y;
 | 
						|
  invalid_rect.width = width;
 | 
						|
  invalid_rect.height = height;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gdk_window_invalidate_rect (widget->window, &invalid_rect, TRUE);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_draw:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Equivalent to calling gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() for the
 | 
						|
 * entire area of a widget.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void	   
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_queue_draw (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (widget->allocation.width || widget->allocation.height)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, widget->allocation.x,
 | 
						|
				    widget->allocation.y,
 | 
						|
				    widget->allocation.width, 
 | 
						|
				    widget->allocation.height);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, 0, 0, 
 | 
						|
				    widget->allocation.width, 
 | 
						|
				    widget->allocation.height);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Invalidates the given area (allocation-relative-coordinates)
 | 
						|
 * in all of the widget's windows
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @x: x coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | 
						|
 * @y: y coordinate of upper-left corner of rectangle to redraw
 | 
						|
 * @width: width of region to draw
 | 
						|
 * @height: height of region to draw
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * DEPRECATED. This function is no longer different from
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(), though it once was. Now it just calls
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area(). Originally
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_clear_area() would force a redraw of the
 | 
						|
 * background for %GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() would not. Now both functions ensure
 | 
						|
 * the background will be redrawn.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void	   
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_queue_clear_area (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			     gint       x,
 | 
						|
			     gint       y,
 | 
						|
			     gint       width,
 | 
						|
			     gint       height)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget, x, y, width, height);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_clear:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * DEPRECATED. Use gtk_widget_queue_draw() instead.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void	   
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_queue_clear (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_queue_resize:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is only for use in widget implementations.
 | 
						|
 * Flags a widget to have its size renegotiated; should
 | 
						|
 * be called when a widget for some reason has a new size request.
 | 
						|
 * For example, when you change the text in a #GtkLabel, #GtkLabel
 | 
						|
 * queues a resize to ensure there's enough space for the new text.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_queue_resize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkRegion *region;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      region = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, region);
 | 
						|
      gdk_region_destroy (region);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
  _gtk_size_group_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_draw:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @area: area to draw
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * DEPRECATED. In GTK+ 1.2, this function would immediately render the
 | 
						|
 * region @area of a widget, by invoking the virtual draw method of a
 | 
						|
 * widget. In GTK+ 2.0, the draw method is gone, and instead
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_draw() simply invalidates the specified region of the
 | 
						|
 * widget, then updates the invalid region of the widget immediately.
 | 
						|
 * Usually you don't want to update the region immediately for
 | 
						|
 * performance reasons, so in general gtk_widget_queue_draw_area() is
 | 
						|
 * a better choice if you want to draw a region of a widget.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_draw (GtkWidget    *widget,
 | 
						|
		 GdkRectangle *area)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (area)
 | 
						|
        gtk_widget_queue_draw_area (widget,
 | 
						|
                                    area->x, area->y,
 | 
						|
                                    area->width, area->height);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
        gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_process_updates (widget->window, TRUE);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_size_request:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * This function is typically used when implementing a #GtkContainer
 | 
						|
 * subclass.  Obtains the preferred size of a widget. The container
 | 
						|
 * uses this information to arrange its child widgets and decide what
 | 
						|
 * size allocations to give them with gtk_widget_size_allocate().
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * You can also call this function from an application, with some
 | 
						|
 * caveats. Most notably, getting a size request requires the widget
 | 
						|
 * to be associated with a screen, because font information may be
 | 
						|
 * needed. Multihead-aware applications should keep this in mind.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Also remember that the size request is not necessarily the size
 | 
						|
 * a widget will actually be allocated.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * See also gtk_widget_get_child_requisition().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_size_request (GtkWidget	*widget,
 | 
						|
			 GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#ifdef G_ENABLE_DEBUG
 | 
						|
  if (requisition == &widget->requisition)
 | 
						|
    g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_request() called on child widget with request equal\n to widget->requisition. gtk_widget_set_usize() may not work properly.");
 | 
						|
#endif /* G_ENABLE_DEBUG */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  _gtk_size_group_compute_requisition (widget, requisition);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_child_requisition:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition to be filled in
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * This function is only for use in widget implementations. Obtains
 | 
						|
 * @widget->requisition, unless someone has forced a particular
 | 
						|
 * geometry on the widget (e.g. with gtk_widget_set_usize()), in which
 | 
						|
 * case it returns that geometry instead of the widget's requisition.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function differs from gtk_widget_size_request() in that
 | 
						|
 * it retrieves the last size request value from @widget->requisition,
 | 
						|
 * while gtk_widget_size_request() actually calls the "size_request" method
 | 
						|
 * on @widget to compute the size request and fill in @widget->requisition,
 | 
						|
 * and only then returns @widget->requisition.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Because this function does not call the "size_request" method, it
 | 
						|
 * can only be used when you know that @widget->requisition is
 | 
						|
 * up-to-date, that is, gtk_widget_size_request() has been called
 | 
						|
 * since the last time a resize was queued. In general, only container
 | 
						|
 * implementations have this information; applications should use
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_size_request().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_child_requisition (GtkWidget	 *widget,
 | 
						|
				  GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  _gtk_size_group_get_child_requisition (widget, requisition);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
invalidate_predicate (GdkWindow *window,
 | 
						|
		      gpointer   data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gpointer user_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return (user_data == data);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Invalidate @region in widget->window and all children
 | 
						|
 * of widget->window owned by widget. @region is in the
 | 
						|
 * same coordinates as widget->allocation and will be
 | 
						|
 * modified by this call.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
				      GdkRegion *region)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      int x, y;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_get_position (widget->window, &x, &y);
 | 
						|
      gdk_region_offset (region, -x, -y);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gdk_window_invalidate_maybe_recurse (widget->window, region,
 | 
						|
				       invalidate_predicate, widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_size_allocate:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @allocation: position and size to be allocated to @widget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is only used by #GtkContainer subclasses, to assign a size
 | 
						|
 * and position to their child widgets. 
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_size_allocate (GtkWidget	*widget,
 | 
						|
			  GtkAllocation *allocation)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | 
						|
  GdkRectangle real_allocation;
 | 
						|
  GdkRectangle old_allocation;
 | 
						|
  gboolean alloc_needed;
 | 
						|
  gboolean size_changed;
 | 
						|
  gboolean position_changed;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  alloc_needed = GTK_WIDGET_ALLOC_NEEDED (widget);
 | 
						|
  GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ALLOC_NEEDED);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  old_allocation = widget->allocation;
 | 
						|
  real_allocation = *allocation;
 | 
						|
  aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (aux_info)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (aux_info->x_set)
 | 
						|
	real_allocation.x = aux_info->x;
 | 
						|
      if (aux_info->y_set)
 | 
						|
	real_allocation.y = aux_info->y;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (real_allocation.width < 0 || real_allocation.height < 0)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_warning ("gtk_widget_size_allocate(): attempt to allocate widget with width %d and height %d",
 | 
						|
		 real_allocation.width,
 | 
						|
		 real_allocation.height);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  real_allocation.width = MAX (real_allocation.width, 1);
 | 
						|
  real_allocation.height = MAX (real_allocation.height, 1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  size_changed = (old_allocation.width != real_allocation.width ||
 | 
						|
		  old_allocation.height != real_allocation.height);
 | 
						|
  position_changed = (old_allocation.x != real_allocation.x ||
 | 
						|
		      old_allocation.y != real_allocation.y);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!alloc_needed && !size_changed && !position_changed)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SIZE_ALLOCATE], 0, &real_allocation);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget) && position_changed)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | 
						|
	  gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  gdk_window_invalidate_region (widget->window, invalidate, FALSE);
 | 
						|
	  gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (size_changed)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (GTK_WIDGET_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC (widget))
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* Invalidate union(old_allaction,widget->allocation) in widget->window and descendents owned by widget
 | 
						|
	       */
 | 
						|
	      GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | 
						|
	      gdk_region_union_with_rect (invalidate, &old_allocation);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget, invalidate);
 | 
						|
	      gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if ((size_changed || position_changed) && widget->parent &&
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent) && GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent)->reallocate_redraws)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GdkRegion *invalidate = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->parent->allocation);
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_invalidate_widget_windows (widget->parent, invalidate);
 | 
						|
      gdk_region_destroy (invalidate);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_common_ancestor:
 | 
						|
 * @widget_a: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @widget_b: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Find the common ancestor of @widget_a and @widget_b that
 | 
						|
 * is closest to the two widgets.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the closest common ancestor of @widget_a and
 | 
						|
 *   @widget_b or %NULL if @widget_a and @widget_b do not
 | 
						|
 *   share a common ancestor.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
static GtkWidget *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_common_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget_a,
 | 
						|
			    GtkWidget *widget_b)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *parent_a;
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *parent_b;
 | 
						|
  gint depth_a = 0;
 | 
						|
  gint depth_b = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  parent_a = widget_a;
 | 
						|
  while (parent_a->parent)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      parent_a = parent_a->parent;
 | 
						|
      depth_a++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  parent_b = widget_b;
 | 
						|
  while (parent_b->parent)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      parent_b = parent_b->parent;
 | 
						|
      depth_b++;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (parent_a != parent_b)
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (depth_a > depth_b)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      widget_a = widget_a->parent;
 | 
						|
      depth_a--;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (depth_b > depth_a)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      widget_b = widget_b->parent;
 | 
						|
      depth_b--;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  while (widget_a != widget_b)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      widget_a = widget_a->parent;
 | 
						|
      widget_b = widget_b->parent;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return widget_a;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_translate_coordinates:
 | 
						|
 * @src_widget:  a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @dest_widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @src_x: X position relative to @src_widget
 | 
						|
 * @src_y: Y position relative to @src_widget
 | 
						|
 * @dest_x: location to store X position relative to @dest_widget
 | 
						|
 * @dest_y: location to store Y position relative to @dest_widget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Translate coordinates relative to @src_widget's allocation to coordinates
 | 
						|
 * relative to @dest_widget's allocations. In order to perform this
 | 
						|
 * operation, both widgets must be realized, and must share a common
 | 
						|
 * toplevel.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %FALSE if either widget was not realized, or there
 | 
						|
 *   was no common ancestor. In this case, nothing is stored in
 | 
						|
 *   *@dest_x and *@dest_y. Otherwise %TRUE.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_translate_coordinates (GtkWidget  *src_widget,
 | 
						|
				  GtkWidget  *dest_widget,
 | 
						|
				  gint        src_x,
 | 
						|
				  gint        src_y,
 | 
						|
				  gint       *dest_x,
 | 
						|
				  gint       *dest_y)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *ancestor;
 | 
						|
  GdkWindow *window;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (src_widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (dest_widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ancestor = gtk_widget_common_ancestor (src_widget, dest_widget);
 | 
						|
  if (!ancestor || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (src_widget) || !GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (dest_widget))
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Translate from allocation relative to window relative */
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (src_widget) && src_widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gint wx, wy;
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_get_position (src_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      src_x -= wx - src_widget->allocation.x;
 | 
						|
      src_y -= wy - src_widget->allocation.y;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      src_x += src_widget->allocation.x;
 | 
						|
      src_y += src_widget->allocation.y;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Translate to the common ancestor */
 | 
						|
  window = src_widget->window;
 | 
						|
  while (window != ancestor->window)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gint dx, dy;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      src_x += dx;
 | 
						|
      src_y += dy;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!window)		/* Handle GtkHandleBox */
 | 
						|
	return FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* And back */
 | 
						|
  window = dest_widget->window;
 | 
						|
  while (window != ancestor->window)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gint dx, dy;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_get_position (window, &dx, &dy);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      src_x -= dx;
 | 
						|
      src_y -= dy;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      window = gdk_window_get_parent (window);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (!window)		/* Handle GtkHandleBox */
 | 
						|
	return FALSE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Translate from window relative to allocation relative */
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (dest_widget) && dest_widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gint wx, wy;
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_get_position (dest_widget->window, &wx, &wy);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      src_x += wx - dest_widget->allocation.x;
 | 
						|
      src_y += wy - dest_widget->allocation.y;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      src_x -= dest_widget->allocation.x;
 | 
						|
      src_y -= dest_widget->allocation.y;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (dest_x)
 | 
						|
    *dest_x = src_x;
 | 
						|
  if (dest_y)
 | 
						|
    *dest_y = src_y;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_size_allocate (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | 
						|
			       GtkAllocation *allocation)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  widget->allocation = *allocation;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
 | 
						|
      !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
     {
 | 
						|
	gdk_window_move_resize (widget->window,
 | 
						|
				allocation->x, allocation->y,
 | 
						|
				allocation->width, allocation->height);
 | 
						|
     }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct {
 | 
						|
  GClosure   closure;
 | 
						|
  guint      signal_id;
 | 
						|
} AccelClosure;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
closure_accel_activate (GClosure     *closure,
 | 
						|
			GValue       *return_value,
 | 
						|
			guint         n_param_values,
 | 
						|
			const GValue *param_values,
 | 
						|
			gpointer      invocation_hint,
 | 
						|
			gpointer      marshal_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AccelClosure *aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (closure->data))
 | 
						|
    g_signal_emit (closure->data, aclosure->signal_id, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* we handled the accelerator */
 | 
						|
  g_value_set_boolean (return_value, TRUE);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
closures_destroy (gpointer data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GSList *slist, *closures = data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_closure_invalidate (slist->data);
 | 
						|
      g_closure_unref (slist->data);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  g_slist_free (closures);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static GClosure*
 | 
						|
widget_new_accel_closure (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			  guint      signal_id)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AccelClosure *aclosure;
 | 
						|
  GClosure *closure = NULL;
 | 
						|
  GSList *slist, *closures;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  closures = g_object_steal_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures);
 | 
						|
  for (slist = closures; slist; slist = slist->next)
 | 
						|
    if (!gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
 | 
						|
      {
 | 
						|
	/* reuse this closure */
 | 
						|
	closure = slist->data;
 | 
						|
	break;
 | 
						|
      }
 | 
						|
  if (!closure)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      closure = g_closure_new_object (sizeof (AccelClosure), G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
      closures = g_slist_prepend (closures, g_closure_ref (closure));
 | 
						|
      g_closure_sink (closure);
 | 
						|
      g_closure_set_marshal (closure, closure_accel_activate);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, closures, closures_destroy);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  aclosure = (AccelClosure*) closure;
 | 
						|
  g_assert (closure->data == widget);
 | 
						|
  g_assert (closure->marshal == closure_accel_activate);
 | 
						|
  aclosure->signal_id = signal_id;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return closure;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator
 | 
						|
 * @widget:       widget to install an accelerator on
 | 
						|
 * @accel_signal: widget signal to emit on accelerator activation
 | 
						|
 * @accel_group:  accel group for this widget, added to its toplevel
 | 
						|
 * @accel_key:    GDK keyval of the accelerator
 | 
						|
 * @accel_mods:   modifier key combination of the accelerator
 | 
						|
 * @accel_flags:  flag accelerators, e.g. %GTK_ACCEL_VISIBLE
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Installs an accelerator for this @widget in @accel_group that causes
 | 
						|
 * @accel_signal to be emitted if the accelerator is activated.
 | 
						|
 * The @accel_group needs to be added to the widget's toplevel via
 | 
						|
 * gtk_window_add_accel_group(), and the signal must be of type %G_RUN_ACTION.
 | 
						|
 * Accelerators added through this function are not user changeable during
 | 
						|
 * runtime. If you want to support accelerators that can be changed by the
 | 
						|
 * user, use gtk_accel_map_add_entry() and gtk_widget_set_accel_path() or
 | 
						|
 * gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path() instead.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_add_accelerator (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | 
						|
			    const gchar    *accel_signal,
 | 
						|
			    GtkAccelGroup  *accel_group,
 | 
						|
			    guint           accel_key,
 | 
						|
			    GdkModifierType accel_mods,
 | 
						|
			    GtkAccelFlags   accel_flags)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GClosure *closure;
 | 
						|
  GSignalQuery query;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (accel_signal != NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_signal_query (g_signal_lookup (accel_signal, G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget)), &query);
 | 
						|
  if (!query.signal_id ||
 | 
						|
      !(query.signal_flags & G_SIGNAL_ACTION) ||
 | 
						|
      query.return_type != G_TYPE_NONE ||
 | 
						|
      query.n_params)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* hmm, should be elaborate enough */
 | 
						|
      g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget `%s' has no activatable signal \"%s\" without arguments",
 | 
						|
		 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), accel_signal);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  closure = widget_new_accel_closure (widget, query.signal_id);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* install the accelerator. since we don't map this onto an accel_path,
 | 
						|
   * the accelerator will automatically be locked.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  gtk_accel_group_connect (accel_group,
 | 
						|
			   accel_key,
 | 
						|
			   accel_mods,
 | 
						|
			   accel_flags | GTK_ACCEL_LOCKED,
 | 
						|
			   closure);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_remove_accelerator:
 | 
						|
 * @widget:       widget to install an accelerator on
 | 
						|
 * @accel_group:  accel group for this widget
 | 
						|
 * @accel_key:    GDK keyval of the accelerator
 | 
						|
 * @accel_mods:   modifier key combination of the accelerator
 | 
						|
 * @returns:      whether an accelerator was installed and could be removed
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Removes an accelerator from @widget, previously installed with
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_add_accelerator().
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_remove_accelerator (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | 
						|
			       GtkAccelGroup  *accel_group,
 | 
						|
			       guint           accel_key,
 | 
						|
			       GdkModifierType accel_mods)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkAccelGroupEntry *ag_entry;
 | 
						|
  GList *slist, *clist;
 | 
						|
  guint n;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group), FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  ag_entry = gtk_accel_group_query (accel_group, accel_key, accel_mods, &n);
 | 
						|
  clist = gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (widget);
 | 
						|
  for (slist = clist; slist; slist = slist->next)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      guint i;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      for (i = 0; i < n; i++)
 | 
						|
	if (slist->data == (gpointer) ag_entry[i].closure)
 | 
						|
	  {
 | 
						|
	    gboolean is_removed = gtk_accel_group_disconnect (accel_group, slist->data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    g_list_free (clist);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	    return is_removed;
 | 
						|
	  }
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  g_list_free (clist);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_warning (G_STRLOC ": no accelerator (%u,%u) installed in accel group (%p) for %s (%p)",
 | 
						|
	     accel_key, accel_mods, accel_group,
 | 
						|
	     G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget), widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_list_accel_closures
 | 
						|
 * @widget:  widget to list accelerator closures for
 | 
						|
 * @returns: a newly allocated #GList of closures
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Lists the closures used by @widget for accelerator group connections
 | 
						|
 * with gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path() or gtk_accel_group_connect().
 | 
						|
 * The closures can be used to monitor accelerator changes on @widget,
 | 
						|
 * by connecting to the ::accel_changed signal of the #GtkAccelGroup of a 
 | 
						|
 * closure which can be found out with gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure().
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
GList*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_list_accel_closures (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GSList *slist;
 | 
						|
  GList *clist = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  for (slist = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures); slist; slist = slist->next)
 | 
						|
    if (gtk_accel_group_from_accel_closure (slist->data))
 | 
						|
      clist = g_list_prepend (clist, slist->data);
 | 
						|
  return clist;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct {
 | 
						|
  GQuark         path_quark;
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget     *widget;
 | 
						|
  GtkAccelGroup *accel_group;
 | 
						|
  GClosure      *closure;
 | 
						|
} AccelPath;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
destroy_accel_path (gpointer data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AccelPath *apath = data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_accel_group_disconnect (apath->accel_group, apath->closure);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* closures_destroy takes care of unrefing the closure */
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (apath->accel_group);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_free (apath);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @accel_path: path used to look up the the accelerator
 | 
						|
 * @accel_group: a #GtkAccelGroup.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Given an accelerator group, @accel_group, and an accelerator path,
 | 
						|
 * @accel_path, sets up an accelerator in @accel_group so whenever the
 | 
						|
 * key binding that is defined for @accel_path is pressed, @widget
 | 
						|
 * will be activated.  This removes any accelerators (for any
 | 
						|
 * accelerator group) installed by previous calls to
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_accel_path(). Associating accelerators with
 | 
						|
 * paths allows them to be modified by the user and the modifications
 | 
						|
 * to be saved for future use. (See gtk_accel_map_save().)
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is a low level function that would most likely
 | 
						|
 * be used by a menu creation system like #GtkItemFactory. If you
 | 
						|
 * use #GtkItemFactory, setting up accelerator paths will be done
 | 
						|
 * automatically.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Even when you you aren't using #GtkItemFactory, if you only want to
 | 
						|
 * set up accelerators on menu items gtk_menu_item_set_accel_path()
 | 
						|
 * provides a somewhat more convenient interface.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_accel_path (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | 
						|
			   const gchar   *accel_path,
 | 
						|
			   GtkAccelGroup *accel_group)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AccelPath *apath;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal != 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (accel_path)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_ACCEL_GROUP (accel_group));
 | 
						|
      g_return_if_fail (_gtk_accel_path_is_valid (accel_path));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      gtk_accel_map_add_entry (accel_path, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
      apath = g_new (AccelPath, 1);
 | 
						|
      apath->widget = widget;
 | 
						|
      apath->accel_group = g_object_ref (accel_group);
 | 
						|
      apath->path_quark = g_quark_from_string (accel_path);
 | 
						|
      apath->closure = widget_new_accel_closure (apath->widget, GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (apath->widget)->activate_signal);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    apath = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* also removes possible old settings */
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, apath, destroy_accel_path);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (apath)
 | 
						|
    gtk_accel_group_connect_by_path (apath->accel_group, g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark), apath->closure);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[ACCEL_CLOSURES_CHANGED], 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
const gchar*
 | 
						|
_gtk_widget_get_accel_path (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			    gboolean  *locked)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AccelPath *apath;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  apath = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path);
 | 
						|
  if (locked)
 | 
						|
    *locked = apath ? apath->accel_group->lock_count > 0 : TRUE;
 | 
						|
  return apath ? g_quark_to_string (apath->path_quark) : NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
                              gboolean   group_cycling)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gboolean handled;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  group_cycling = group_cycling != FALSE;
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | 
						|
    handled = TRUE;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    g_signal_emit (widget,
 | 
						|
		   widget_signals[MNEMONIC_ACTIVATE],
 | 
						|
		   0,
 | 
						|
		   group_cycling,
 | 
						|
		   &handled);
 | 
						|
  return handled;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_mnemonic_activate (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
                                   gboolean   group_cycling)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!group_cycling && GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_activate (widget);
 | 
						|
  else if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_warning ("widget `%s' isn't suitable for mnemonic activation",
 | 
						|
		 G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget));
 | 
						|
      gdk_display_beep (gtk_widget_get_display (widget));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  return TRUE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_key_press_event (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | 
						|
				 GdkEventKey       *event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return _gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_key_release_event (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | 
						|
				   GdkEventKey       *event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return _gtk_bindings_activate_event (GTK_OBJECT (widget), event);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_focus_in_event (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | 
						|
                                GdkEventFocus *event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_focus_out_event (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | 
						|
                                 GdkEventFocus *event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
#define WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT(widget, event) \
 | 
						|
     (event->type == GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE || GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED(widget))
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_event:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @event: a #GdkEvent
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
 | 
						|
 * the event signals on a widget (those signals should never
 | 
						|
 * be emitted without using this function to do so).
 | 
						|
 * If you want to synthesize an event though, don't use this function;
 | 
						|
 * instead, use gtk_main_do_event() so the event will behave as if
 | 
						|
 * it were in the event queue. Don't synthesize expose events; instead,
 | 
						|
 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() to invalidate a region of the
 | 
						|
 * window.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled)
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_event (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		  GdkEvent  *event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event), TRUE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_warning ("Events of type GDK_EXPOSE cannot be synthesized. To get "
 | 
						|
		 "the same effect, call gdk_window_invalidate_rect/region(), "
 | 
						|
		 "followed by gdk_window_process_updates().");
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_send_expose:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @event: a expose #GdkEvent
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Very rarely-used function. This function is used to emit
 | 
						|
 * an expose event signals on a widget. This function is not
 | 
						|
 * normally used directly. The only time it is used is when
 | 
						|
 * propagating an expose event to a child %NO_WINDOW widget, and
 | 
						|
 * that is normally done using gtk_container_propagate_expose().
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * If you want to force an area of a window to be redrawn, 
 | 
						|
 * use gdk_window_invalidate_rect() or gdk_window_invalidate_region().
 | 
						|
 * To cause the redraw to be done immediately, follow that call
 | 
						|
 * with a call to gdk_window_process_updates().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: return from the event signal emission (%TRUE if the event was handled)
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gint
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_send_expose (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			GdkEvent  *event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), TRUE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget), TRUE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (event != NULL, TRUE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (event->type == GDK_EXPOSE, TRUE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (event->type != GDK_EXPOSE)
 | 
						|
    return TRUE;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return gtk_widget_event_internal (widget, event);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gint
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_event_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			   GdkEvent  *event)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gboolean return_val = FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT], 0, event, &return_val);
 | 
						|
  return_val |= !WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event);
 | 
						|
  if (!return_val)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gint signal_num;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      switch (event->type)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	case GDK_NOTHING:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = -1;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_BUTTON_PRESS:
 | 
						|
	case GDK_2BUTTON_PRESS:
 | 
						|
	case GDK_3BUTTON_PRESS:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = BUTTON_PRESS_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_SCROLL:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = SCROLL_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_BUTTON_RELEASE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = BUTTON_RELEASE_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_MOTION_NOTIFY:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = MOTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_DELETE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = DELETE_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_DESTROY:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = DESTROY_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_KEY_PRESS:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = KEY_PRESS_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_KEY_RELEASE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = KEY_RELEASE_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_ENTER_NOTIFY:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = ENTER_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_LEAVE_NOTIFY:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = LEAVE_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_FOCUS_CHANGE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = event->focus_change.in ? FOCUS_IN_EVENT : FOCUS_OUT_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_CONFIGURE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = CONFIGURE_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_MAP:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = MAP_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_UNMAP:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = UNMAP_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_WINDOW_STATE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = WINDOW_STATE_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_PROPERTY_NOTIFY:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = PROPERTY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_SELECTION_CLEAR:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_SELECTION_REQUEST:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_SELECTION_NOTIFY:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = SELECTION_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_PROXIMITY_IN:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = PROXIMITY_IN_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_PROXIMITY_OUT:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = PROXIMITY_OUT_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_NO_EXPOSE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = NO_EXPOSE_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_CLIENT_EVENT:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = CLIENT_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_EXPOSE:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = EXPOSE_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GDK_VISIBILITY_NOTIFY:
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = VISIBILITY_NOTIFY_EVENT;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  g_warning ("gtk_widget_event(): unhandled event type: %d", event->type);
 | 
						|
	  signal_num = -1;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (signal_num != -1)
 | 
						|
	g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[signal_num], 0, event, &return_val);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (WIDGET_REALIZED_FOR_EVENT (widget, event))
 | 
						|
    g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[EVENT_AFTER], 0, event);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return_val = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return return_val;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_activate:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget that's activatable
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * For widgets that can be "activated" (buttons, menu items, etc.)
 | 
						|
 * this function activates them. Activation is what happens when you
 | 
						|
 * press Enter on a widget during key navigation; clicking a button,
 | 
						|
 * selecting a menu item, etc. If @widget isn't activatable,
 | 
						|
 * the function returns %FALSE.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget was activatable
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_activate (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->activate_signal, 0);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @hadjustment: an adjustment for horizontal scrolling, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 * @vadjustment: an adjustment for vertical scrolling, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * For widgets that support scrolling, sets the scroll adjustments and
 | 
						|
 * returns %TRUE.  For widgets that don't support scrolling, does
 | 
						|
 * nothing and returns %FALSE. Widgets that don't support scrolling
 | 
						|
 * can be scrolled by placing them in a #GtkViewport, which does
 | 
						|
 * support scrolling.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget supports scrolling
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_scroll_adjustments (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | 
						|
				   GtkAdjustment *hadjustment,
 | 
						|
				   GtkAdjustment *vadjustment)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  if (hadjustment)
 | 
						|
    g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (hadjustment), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  if (vadjustment)
 | 
						|
    g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_ADJUSTMENT (vadjustment), FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* FIXME: we should eventually check the signals signature here */
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget,
 | 
						|
		     WIDGET_CLASS (widget)->set_scroll_adjustments_signal, 0,
 | 
						|
		     hadjustment, vadjustment);
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
				GdkWindow *new_window)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
 | 
						|
      GList *tmp_list;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      for (tmp_list = children; tmp_list; tmp_list = tmp_list->next)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  GtkWidget *child;
 | 
						|
	  GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  gdk_window_get_user_data (window, (void **)&child);
 | 
						|
	  while (child && child != widget)
 | 
						|
	    child = child->parent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  if (child)
 | 
						|
	    gdk_window_reparent (window, new_window, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_list_free (children);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    gdk_window_reparent (widget->window, new_window, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
				 gpointer   client_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (client_data != NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (widget->window)
 | 
						|
	g_object_unref (widget->window);
 | 
						|
      widget->window = (GdkWindow*) client_data;
 | 
						|
      if (widget->window)
 | 
						|
	g_object_ref (widget->window);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
        gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
                              gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child,
 | 
						|
                              client_data);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_reparent:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @new_parent: a #GtkContainer to move the widget into
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Moves a widget from one #GtkContainer to another, handling reference
 | 
						|
 * count issues to avoid destroying the widget.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_reparent (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		     GtkWidget *new_parent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (new_parent));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (widget->parent != new_parent)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      /* First try to see if we can get away without unrealizing
 | 
						|
       * the widget as we reparent it. if so we set a flag so
 | 
						|
       * that gtk_widget_unparent doesn't unrealize widget
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (new_parent))
 | 
						|
	GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
      gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
 | 
						|
      gtk_container_add (GTK_CONTAINER (new_parent), widget);
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_IN_REPARENT (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_IN_REPARENT);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  gtk_widget_reparent_subwindows (widget, gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
 | 
						|
	  gtk_widget_reparent_fixup_child (widget,
 | 
						|
					   gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget));
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_intersect:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @area: a rectangle
 | 
						|
 * @intersection: rectangle to store intersection of @widget and @area
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @area, storing
 | 
						|
 * the intersection in @intersection, and returns %TRUE if there was
 | 
						|
 * an intersection.  @intersection may be %NULL if you're only
 | 
						|
 * interested in whether there was an intersection.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if there was an intersection
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_intersect (GtkWidget	   *widget,
 | 
						|
		      GdkRectangle *area,
 | 
						|
		      GdkRectangle *intersection)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkRectangle *dest;
 | 
						|
  GdkRectangle tmp;
 | 
						|
  gint return_val;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (area != NULL, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (intersection)
 | 
						|
    dest = intersection;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    dest = &tmp;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return_val = gdk_rectangle_intersect (&widget->allocation, area, dest);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (return_val && intersection && !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      intersection->x -= widget->allocation.x;
 | 
						|
      intersection->y -= widget->allocation.y;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return return_val;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_region_intersect:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @region: a #GdkRegion, in the same coordinate system as 
 | 
						|
 *          @widget->allocation. That is, relative to @widget->window
 | 
						|
 *          for %NO_WINDOW widgets; relative to the parent window
 | 
						|
 *          of @widget->window for widgets with their own window.
 | 
						|
 * @returns: A newly allocated region holding the intersection of @widget
 | 
						|
 *           and @region. The coordinates of the return value are
 | 
						|
 *           relative to @widget->window for %NO_WINDOW widgets, and
 | 
						|
 *           relative to the parent window of @widget->window for
 | 
						|
 *           widgets with their own window.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Computes the intersection of a @widget's area and @region, returning
 | 
						|
 * the intersection. The result may be empty, use gdk_region_empty() to
 | 
						|
 * check.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkRegion *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_region_intersect (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			     GdkRegion *region)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkRegion *dest;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (region != NULL, NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  dest = gdk_region_rectangle (&widget->allocation);
 | 
						|
 
 | 
						|
  gdk_region_intersect (dest, region);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return dest;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_grab_focus:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Causes @widget to have the keyboard focus for the #GtkWindow it's
 | 
						|
 * inside. @widget must be a focusable widget, such as a #GtkEntry;
 | 
						|
 * something like #GtkFrame won't work. (More precisely, it must have the
 | 
						|
 * %GTK_CAN_FOCUS flag set.)
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_grab_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[GRAB_FOCUS], 0);
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "has_focus");
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
reset_focus_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		     gpointer   data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GtkContainer *container;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      container = GTK_CONTAINER (widget);
 | 
						|
      gtk_container_set_focus_child (container, NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      gtk_container_foreach (container,
 | 
						|
			     reset_focus_recurse,
 | 
						|
			     NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_grab_focus (GtkWidget *focus_widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (focus_widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | 
						|
      GtkWidget *widget;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      /* clear the current focus setting, break if the current widget
 | 
						|
       * is the focus widget's parent, since containers above that will
 | 
						|
       * be set by the next loop.
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (focus_widget);
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  widget = GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  if (widget == focus_widget)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      /* We call _gtk_window_internal_set_focus() here so that the
 | 
						|
	       * toplevel window can request the focus if necessary.
 | 
						|
	       * This is needed when the toplevel is a GtkPlug
 | 
						|
	       */
 | 
						|
	      if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_FOCUS (widget))
 | 
						|
		_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), focus_widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      return;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  if (widget)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      while (widget->parent && widget->parent != focus_widget->parent)
 | 
						|
		{
 | 
						|
		  widget = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
		  gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
		}
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (toplevel != focus_widget)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  /* gtk_widget_grab_focus() operates on a tree without window...
 | 
						|
	   * actually, this is very questionable behaviour.
 | 
						|
	   */
 | 
						|
	  
 | 
						|
	  gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (toplevel),
 | 
						|
				 reset_focus_recurse,
 | 
						|
				 NULL);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      /* now propagate the new focus up the widget tree and finally
 | 
						|
       * set it on the window
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      widget = focus_widget;
 | 
						|
      while (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  gtk_container_set_focus_child (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
 | 
						|
	  widget = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	_gtk_window_internal_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (widget), focus_widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_show_help (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
                           GtkWidgetHelpType help_type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (help_type == GTK_WIDGET_HELP_TOOLTIP)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      _gtk_tooltips_toggle_keyboard_mode (widget);
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_focus (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | 
						|
                       GtkDirectionType   direction)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!gtk_widget_is_focus (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_grab_focus (widget);
 | 
						|
      return TRUE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_is_focus:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Determines if the widget is the focus widget within its
 | 
						|
 * toplevel. (This does not mean that the %HAS_FOCUS flag is
 | 
						|
 * necessarily set; %HAS_FOCUS will only be set if the
 | 
						|
 * toplevel widget additionally has the global input focus.)
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is the focus widget.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_is_focus (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
 | 
						|
    return widget == GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->focus_widget;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_grab_default:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Causes @widget to become the default widget. @widget must have the
 | 
						|
 * %GTK_CAN_DEFAULT flag set; typically you have to set this flag
 | 
						|
 * yourself by calling <literal>GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (@widget,
 | 
						|
 * GTK_CAN_DEFAULT)</literal>.  The default widget is activated when the user
 | 
						|
 * presses Enter in a window.  Default widgets must be activatable,
 | 
						|
 * that is, gtk_widget_activate() should affect them.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_grab_default (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *window;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_CAN_DEFAULT (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
 | 
						|
    gtk_window_set_default (GTK_WINDOW (window), widget);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    g_warning (G_STRLOC ": widget not within a GtkWindow");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_name:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @name: name for the widget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Widgets can be named, which allows you to refer to them from a
 | 
						|
 * gtkrc file. You can apply a style to widgets with a particular name
 | 
						|
 * in the gtkrc file. See the documentation for gtkrc files (on the
 | 
						|
 * same page as the docs for #GtkRcStyle).
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_name (GtkWidget	 *widget,
 | 
						|
		     const gchar *name)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (widget->name)
 | 
						|
    g_free (widget->name);
 | 
						|
  widget->name = g_strdup (name);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "name");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_name:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Retrieves the name of a widget. See gtk_widget_set_name() for the
 | 
						|
 * significance of widget names.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: name of the widget. This string is owned by GTK+ and
 | 
						|
 * should not be modified or freed
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
G_CONST_RETURN gchar*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_name (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (widget->name)
 | 
						|
    return widget->name;
 | 
						|
  return g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_state:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @state: new state for @widget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is for use in widget implementations. Sets the state
 | 
						|
 * of a widget (insensitive, prelighted, etc.) Usually you should set
 | 
						|
 * the state using wrapper functions such as gtk_widget_set_sensitive().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_state (GtkWidget           *widget,
 | 
						|
		      GtkStateType         state)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (state == GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (state == GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_set_sensitive (widget, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GtkStateData data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      data.state = state;
 | 
						|
      data.state_restoration = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      data.use_forall = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
	data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_app_paintable (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			      gboolean   app_paintable)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  app_paintable = (app_paintable != FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_APP_PAINTABLE (widget) != app_paintable)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (app_paintable)
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_APP_PAINTABLE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "app_paintable");
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_double_buffered:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @double_buffered: %TRUE to double-buffer a widget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Widgets are double buffered by default; you can use this function
 | 
						|
 * to turn off the buffering. "Double buffered" simply means that
 | 
						|
 * gdk_window_begin_paint_region() and gdk_window_end_paint() are called
 | 
						|
 * automatically around expose events sent to the
 | 
						|
 * widget. gdk_window_begin_paint() diverts all drawing to a widget's
 | 
						|
 * window to an offscreen buffer, and gdk_window_end_paint() draws the
 | 
						|
 * buffer to the screen. The result is that users see the window
 | 
						|
 * update in one smooth step, and don't see individual graphics
 | 
						|
 * primitives being rendered.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * In very simple terms, double buffered widgets don't flicker,
 | 
						|
 * so you would only use this function to turn off double buffering
 | 
						|
 * if you had special needs and really knew what you were doing.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_double_buffered (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
				gboolean   double_buffered)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (double_buffered)
 | 
						|
    GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_DOUBLE_BUFFERED);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @redraw_on_allocate: if %TRUE, the entire widget will be redrawn
 | 
						|
 *   when it is allocated to a new size. Otherwise, only the
 | 
						|
 *   new portion of the widget will be redrawn.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets whether a when a widgets size allocation changes, the entire
 | 
						|
 * widget is queued for drawing. By default, this setting is %TRUE and
 | 
						|
 * the entire widget is redrawn on every size change. If your widget
 | 
						|
 * leaves the upper left are unchanged when made bigger, turning this
 | 
						|
 * setting on will improve performance.
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 * Note that for %NO_WINDOW widgets setting this flag to %FALSE turns
 | 
						|
 * off all allocation on resizing: the widget will not even redraw if
 | 
						|
 * its position changes; this is to allow containers that don't draw
 | 
						|
 * anything to avoid excess invalidations. If you set this flag on a
 | 
						|
 * %NO_WINDOW widget that <emphasis>does</emphasis> draw on @widget->window, 
 | 
						|
 * you are responsible for invalidating both the old and new allocation 
 | 
						|
 * of the widget when the widget is moved and responsible for invalidating
 | 
						|
 * regions newly when the widget increases size.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_redraw_on_allocate (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
				   gboolean   redraw_on_allocate)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (redraw_on_allocate)
 | 
						|
    GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_REDRAW_ON_ALLOC);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_sensitive:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @sensitive: %TRUE to make the widget sensitive
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the sensitivity of a widget. A widget is sensitive if the user
 | 
						|
 * can interact with it. Insensitive widgets are "grayed out" and the
 | 
						|
 * user can't interact with them. Insensitive widgets are known as
 | 
						|
 * "inactive", "disabled", or "ghosted" in some other toolkits.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_sensitive (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			  gboolean   sensitive)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkStateData data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  sensitive = (sensitive != FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sensitive == (GTK_WIDGET_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE))
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (sensitive)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
      data.state = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_SENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
      data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  data.state_restoration = TRUE;
 | 
						|
  data.use_forall = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget->parent) != FALSE);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    data.parent_sensitive = TRUE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_DRAWABLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_queue_draw (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "sensitive");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_parent:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @parent: parent container
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is useful only when implementing subclasses of #GtkContainer.
 | 
						|
 * Sets the container as the parent of @widget, and takes care of
 | 
						|
 * some details such as updating the state and style of the child
 | 
						|
 * to reflect its new location. The opposite function is
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_unparent().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_parent (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		       GtkWidget *parent)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkStateData data;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (widget->parent == NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (parent));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (widget != parent);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* keep this function in sync with gtk_menu_attach_to_widget()
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  gtk_object_sink (GTK_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
  widget->parent = parent;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent) != GTK_STATE_NORMAL)
 | 
						|
    data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (parent);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    data.state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | 
						|
  data.state_restoration = FALSE;
 | 
						|
  data.parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != FALSE);
 | 
						|
  data.use_forall = GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (parent) != GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_propagate_state (widget, &data);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[PARENT_SET], 0, NULL);
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent))
 | 
						|
    _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (widget, NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "parent");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* Enforce realized/mapped invariants
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_realize (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget->parent) &&
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
 | 
						|
	  GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_map (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_parent:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Returns the parent container of @widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the parent container of @widget, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkWidget *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_parent (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return widget->parent;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*****************************************
 | 
						|
 * Widget styles
 | 
						|
 * see docs/styles.txt
 | 
						|
 *****************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_style:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @style: a #GtkStyle, or %NULL to remove the effect of a previous
 | 
						|
 *         gtk_widget_set_style() and go back to the default style
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the #GtkStyle for a widget (@widget->style). You probably don't
 | 
						|
 * want to use this function; it interacts badly with themes, because
 | 
						|
 * themes work by replacing the #GtkStyle. Instead, use
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_style (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		      GtkStyle	*style)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (style)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gboolean initial_emission;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
 | 
						|
      GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, style, initial_emission);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_ensure_style:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Ensures that @widget has a style (@widget->style). Not a very useful
 | 
						|
 * function; most of the time, if you want the style, the widget is
 | 
						|
 * realized, and realized widgets are guaranteed to have a style
 | 
						|
 * already.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_ensure_style (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget) &&
 | 
						|
      !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* Look up the RC style for this widget, unsetting any user style that
 | 
						|
 * may be in effect currently
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkStyle *new_style = NULL;
 | 
						|
  gboolean initial_emission;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  initial_emission = !GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_USER_STYLE (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_USER_STYLE);
 | 
						|
  GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_RC_STYLE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget))
 | 
						|
    new_style = gtk_rc_get_style (widget);
 | 
						|
  if (!new_style)
 | 
						|
    new_style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (initial_emission || new_style != widget->style)
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_set_style_internal (widget, new_style, initial_emission);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_style:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Simply an accessor function that returns @widget->style.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the widget's #GtkStyle
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkStyle*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_style (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return widget->style;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_style:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @style: the #GtkRcStyle holding the style modifications
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Modifies style values on the widget. Modifications made using this
 | 
						|
 * technique take precedence over style values set via an RC file,
 | 
						|
 * however, they will be overriden if a style is explicitely set on
 | 
						|
 * the widget using gtk_widget_set_style(). The #GtkRcStyle structure
 | 
						|
 * is designed so each field can either be set or unset, so it is
 | 
						|
 * possible, using this function, to modify some style values and
 | 
						|
 * leave the others unchanged.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Note that modifications made with this function are not cumulative
 | 
						|
 * with previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_style() or with such
 | 
						|
 * functions as gtk_widget_modify_fg(). If you wish to retain
 | 
						|
 * previous values, you must first call gtk_widget_get_modifier_style(),
 | 
						|
 * make your modifications to the returned style, then call
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_style() with that style. On the other hand,
 | 
						|
 * if you first call gtk_widget_modify_style(), subsequent calls
 | 
						|
 * to such functions gtk_widget_modify_fg() will have a cumulative
 | 
						|
 * effect with the initial modifications.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void       
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_modify_style (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | 
						|
			 GtkRcStyle     *style)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkRcStyle *old_style;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_RC_STYLE (style));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  old_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
 | 
						|
			   quark_rc_style,
 | 
						|
			   gtk_rc_style_copy (style),
 | 
						|
			   (GDestroyNotify) gtk_rc_style_unref);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* note that "style" may be invalid here if it was the old
 | 
						|
   * modifier style and the only reference was our own.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_modifier_style:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Returns the current modifier style for the widget. (As set by
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_style().) If no style has previously set, a new
 | 
						|
 * #GtkRcStyle will be created with all values unset, and set as the
 | 
						|
 * modifier style for the widget. If you make changes to this rc
 | 
						|
 * style, you must call gtk_widget_modify_style(), passing in the
 | 
						|
 * returned rc style, to make sure that your changes take effect.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Caution: passing the style back to gtk_widget_modify_style() will
 | 
						|
 * normally end up destroying it, because gtk_widget_modify_style() copies
 | 
						|
 * the passed-in style and sets the copy as the new modifier style,
 | 
						|
 * thus dropping any reference to the old modifier style. Add a reference
 | 
						|
 * to the modifier style if you want to keep it alive.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the modifier style for the widget. This rc style is
 | 
						|
 *   owned by the widget. If you want to keep a pointer to value this
 | 
						|
 *   around, you must add a refcount using gtk_rc_style_ref().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkRcStyle *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (GtkWidget      *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  rc_style = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_rc_style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!rc_style)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      rc_style = gtk_rc_style_new ();
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
 | 
						|
			       quark_rc_style,
 | 
						|
			       rc_style,
 | 
						|
			       (GDestroyNotify) gtk_rc_style_unref);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return rc_style;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_modify_color_component (GtkWidget     *widget,
 | 
						|
				   GtkRcFlags     component,
 | 
						|
				   GtkStateType   state,
 | 
						|
				   GdkColor      *color)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkRcStyle *rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);  
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (color)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      switch (component)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	case GTK_RC_FG:
 | 
						|
	  rc_style->fg[state] = *color;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GTK_RC_BG:
 | 
						|
	  rc_style->bg[state] = *color;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GTK_RC_TEXT:
 | 
						|
	  rc_style->text[state] = *color;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	case GTK_RC_BASE:
 | 
						|
	  rc_style->base[state] = *color;
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	default:
 | 
						|
	  g_assert_not_reached();
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      rc_style->color_flags[state] |= component;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    rc_style->color_flags[state] &= ~component;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_fg:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @state: the state for which to set the foreground color.
 | 
						|
 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
 | 
						|
 *         or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
 | 
						|
 *         of gtk_widget_modify_fg().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the foreground color for a widget in a particular state.  All
 | 
						|
 * other style values are left untouched. See also
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_modify_fg (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
		      GtkStateType state,
 | 
						|
		      GdkColor    *color)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_FG, state, color);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_bg:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @state: the state for which to set the background color.
 | 
						|
 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
 | 
						|
 *         or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
 | 
						|
 *         of gtk_widget_modify_bg().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the background color for a widget in a particular state.  All
 | 
						|
 * other style values are left untouched. See also
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_modify_bg (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
		      GtkStateType state,
 | 
						|
		      GdkColor    *color)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BG, state, color);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_text:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @state: the state for which to set the text color.
 | 
						|
 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
 | 
						|
 *         or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
 | 
						|
 *         of gtk_widget_modify_text().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the text color for a widget in a particular state.  All other
 | 
						|
 * style values are left untouched. The text color is the foreground
 | 
						|
 * color used along with the base color (see gtk_widget_modify_base())
 | 
						|
 * for widgets such as #GtkEntry and #GtkTextView. See also
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_modify_text (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
			GtkStateType state,
 | 
						|
			GdkColor    *color)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_TEXT, state, color);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_base:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @state: the state for which to set the base color.
 | 
						|
 * @color: the color to assign (does not need to be allocated),
 | 
						|
 *         or %NULL to undo the effect of previous calls to
 | 
						|
 *         of gtk_widget_modify_base().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the base color for a widget in a particular state.
 | 
						|
 * All other style values are left untouched. The base color
 | 
						|
 * is the background color used along with the text color
 | 
						|
 * (see gtk_widget_modify_text()) for widgets such as #GtkEntry
 | 
						|
 * and #GtkTextView. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_modify_base (GtkWidget  *widget,
 | 
						|
			GtkStateType state,
 | 
						|
			GdkColor    *color)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (state >= GTK_STATE_NORMAL && state <= GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_modify_color_component (widget, GTK_RC_BASE, state, color);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_modify_font:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @font_desc: the font description to use, or %NULL to undo
 | 
						|
 *   the effect of previous calls to gtk_widget_modify_font().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the font to use for a widget.  All other style values are left
 | 
						|
 * untouched. See also gtk_widget_modify_style().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_modify_font (GtkWidget            *widget,
 | 
						|
			PangoFontDescription *font_desc)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkRcStyle *rc_style;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  rc_style = gtk_widget_get_modifier_style (widget);  
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (rc_style->font_desc)
 | 
						|
    pango_font_description_free (rc_style->font_desc);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (font_desc)
 | 
						|
    rc_style->font_desc = pango_font_description_copy (font_desc);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    rc_style->font_desc = NULL;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_modify_style (widget, rc_style);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_direction_changed (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
			      GtkTextDirection  previous_direction)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_style_set (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		      GtkStyle  *previous_style)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) &&
 | 
						|
      !GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_style_set_background (widget->style, widget->window, widget->state);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_style_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			       GtkStyle	 *style,
 | 
						|
			       gboolean   initial_emission)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (widget->style != style || initial_emission)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
 | 
						|
      if (context)
 | 
						|
	pango_context_set_font_description (context, style->font_desc);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (widget->style != style)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GtkStyle *previous_style;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  gtk_widget_reset_shapes (widget);
 | 
						|
	  gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      previous_style = widget->style;
 | 
						|
      widget->style = style;
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget->style);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
	widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget,
 | 
						|
		     widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
 | 
						|
		     0,
 | 
						|
		     initial_emission ? NULL : previous_style);
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (previous_style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent && !initial_emission)
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else if (initial_emission)
 | 
						|
    g_signal_emit (widget,
 | 
						|
		   widget_signals[STYLE_SET],
 | 
						|
		   0,
 | 
						|
		   NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "style");
 | 
						|
  g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
typedef struct {
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *previous_toplevel;
 | 
						|
  GdkScreen *previous_screen;
 | 
						|
  GdkScreen *new_screen;
 | 
						|
} HierarchyChangedInfo;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
do_screen_change (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		  GdkScreen *old_screen,
 | 
						|
		  GdkScreen *new_screen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (old_screen != new_screen)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (old_screen)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  PangoContext *context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
 | 
						|
	  if (context)
 | 
						|
	    g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context, NULL);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[SCREEN_CHANGED], 0, old_screen);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
						gpointer   client_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gboolean new_anchored;
 | 
						|
  HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  new_anchored = GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
 | 
						|
                 (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget) != new_anchored)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (new_anchored)
 | 
						|
	GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_ANCHORED);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[HIERARCHY_CHANGED], 0, info->previous_toplevel);
 | 
						|
      do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
			      gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse,
 | 
						|
			      client_data);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * _gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @previous_toplevel: Previous toplevel
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Propagates changes in the anchored state to a widget and all
 | 
						|
 * children, unsetting or setting the %ANCHORED flag, and
 | 
						|
 * emitting ::hierarchy_changed.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
_gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed (GtkWidget    *widget,
 | 
						|
					 GtkWidget    *previous_toplevel)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HierarchyChangedInfo info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  info.previous_toplevel = previous_toplevel;
 | 
						|
  info.previous_screen = previous_toplevel ? gtk_widget_get_screen (previous_toplevel) : NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget) ||
 | 
						|
      (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_ANCHORED (widget->parent)))
 | 
						|
    info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    info.new_screen = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (info.previous_screen)
 | 
						|
    g_object_ref (info.previous_screen);
 | 
						|
  if (previous_toplevel)
 | 
						|
    g_object_ref (previous_toplevel);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_propagate_hierarchy_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (previous_toplevel)
 | 
						|
    g_object_unref (previous_toplevel);
 | 
						|
  if (info.previous_screen)
 | 
						|
    g_object_unref (info.previous_screen);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
					     gpointer   client_data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HierarchyChangedInfo *info = client_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  do_screen_change (widget, info->previous_screen, info->new_screen);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
			  gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse,
 | 
						|
			  client_data);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * _gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @previous_screen: Previous screen
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Propagates changes in the screen for a widget to all
 | 
						|
 * children, emitting ::screen_changed.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
_gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed (GtkWidget    *widget,
 | 
						|
				      GdkScreen    *previous_screen)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  HierarchyChangedInfo info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  info.previous_screen = previous_screen;
 | 
						|
  info.new_screen = gtk_widget_get_screen (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (previous_screen)
 | 
						|
    g_object_ref (previous_screen);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_propagate_screen_changed_recurse (widget, &info);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (previous_screen)
 | 
						|
    g_object_unref (previous_screen);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
reset_rc_styles_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_RC_STYLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_reset_rc_style (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
			  reset_rc_styles_recurse,
 | 
						|
			  NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_reset_rc_styles (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  reset_rc_styles_recurse (widget, NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_default_style:
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Returns the default style used by all widgets initially.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Returns: the default style. This #GtkStyle object is owned by GTK+ and
 | 
						|
 * should not be modified or freed.
 | 
						|
 */ 
 | 
						|
GtkStyle*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_default_style (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (!gtk_default_style)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gtk_default_style = gtk_style_new ();
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (gtk_default_style);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return gtk_default_style;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static PangoContext *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_pango_context:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets a #PangoContext with the appropriate colormap, font description
 | 
						|
 * and base direction for this widget. Unlike the context returned
 | 
						|
 * by gtk_widget_create_pango_context(), this context is owned by
 | 
						|
 * the widget (it can be used until the screen for the widget changes
 | 
						|
 * or the widget is removed from its toplevel), and will be updated to
 | 
						|
 * match any changes to the widget's attributes.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * If you create and keep a #PangoLayout using this context, you must
 | 
						|
 * deal with changes to the context by calling pango_layout_context_changed()
 | 
						|
 * on the layout in response to the ::style_set and ::direction_set signals
 | 
						|
 * for the widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the #PangoContext for the widget.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
PangoContext *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  PangoContext *context;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  context = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_pango_context);
 | 
						|
  if (!context)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      context = gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GTK_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
 | 
						|
			       quark_pango_context,
 | 
						|
			       context,
 | 
						|
			       g_object_unref);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return context;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_create_pango_context:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Creates a new #PangoContext with the appropriate colormap,
 | 
						|
 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
 | 
						|
 * this widget. See also gtk_widget_get_pango_context().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the new #PangoContext
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
PangoContext *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_create_pango_context (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkScreen *screen;
 | 
						|
  PangoContext *context;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
 | 
						|
  if (!screen)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_NOTE (MULTIHEAD,
 | 
						|
		g_warning ("gtk_widget_create_pango_context ()) called without screen"));
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      screen = gdk_screen_get_default ();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  context = gdk_pango_context_get_for_screen (screen);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gdk_pango_context_set_colormap (context, gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
 | 
						|
  pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
 | 
						|
			      gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
 | 
						|
			        PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
 | 
						|
  pango_context_set_font_description (context, widget->style->font_desc);
 | 
						|
  pango_context_set_language (context, gtk_get_default_language ());
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return context;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_create_pango_layout:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @text:   text to set on the layout (can be %NULL)
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Creates a new #PangoLayout with the appropriate colormap,
 | 
						|
 * font description, and base direction for drawing text for
 | 
						|
 * this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * If you keep a #PangoLayout created in this way around, in order
 | 
						|
 * notify the layout of changes to the base direction or font of this
 | 
						|
 * widget, you must call pango_layout_context_changed() in response to
 | 
						|
 * the ::style_set and ::direction_set signals for the widget.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the new #PangoLayout
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
PangoLayout *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_create_pango_layout (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
				const gchar *text)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  PangoLayout *layout;
 | 
						|
  PangoContext *context;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  context = gtk_widget_get_pango_context (widget);
 | 
						|
  layout = pango_layout_new (context);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (text)
 | 
						|
    pango_layout_set_text (layout, text, -1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return layout;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_render_icon:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @stock_id: a stock ID
 | 
						|
 * @size: a stock size
 | 
						|
 * @detail: render detail to pass to theme engine
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * A convenience function that uses the theme engine and RC file
 | 
						|
 * settings for @widget to look up @stock_id and render it to
 | 
						|
 * a pixbuf. @stock_id should be a stock icon ID such as
 | 
						|
 * #GTK_STOCK_OPEN or #GTK_STOCK_OK. @size should be a size
 | 
						|
 * such as #GTK_ICON_SIZE_MENU. @detail should be a string that
 | 
						|
 * identifies the widget or code doing the rendering, so that
 | 
						|
 * theme engines can special-case rendering for that widget or code.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The pixels in the returned #GdkPixbuf are shared with the rest of
 | 
						|
 * the application and should not be modified. The pixbuf should be freed
 | 
						|
 * after use with g_object_unref().
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return value: a new pixbuf, or %NULL if the stock ID wasn't known
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkPixbuf*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_render_icon (GtkWidget      *widget,
 | 
						|
                        const gchar    *stock_id,
 | 
						|
                        GtkIconSize     size,
 | 
						|
                        const gchar    *detail)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkIconSet *icon_set;
 | 
						|
  GdkPixbuf *retval;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (stock_id != NULL, NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (size > GTK_ICON_SIZE_INVALID, NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_ensure_style (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  icon_set = gtk_style_lookup_icon_set (widget->style, stock_id);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (icon_set == NULL)
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  retval = gtk_icon_set_render_icon (icon_set,
 | 
						|
                                     widget->style,
 | 
						|
                                     gtk_widget_get_direction (widget),
 | 
						|
                                     GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget),
 | 
						|
                                     size,
 | 
						|
                                     widget,
 | 
						|
                                     detail);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return retval;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_parent_window:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @parent_window: the new parent window.
 | 
						|
 *  
 | 
						|
 * Sets a non default parent window for @widget.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_parent_window   (GtkWidget           *widget,
 | 
						|
				GdkWindow           *parent_window)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkWindow *old_parent_window;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  old_parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget),
 | 
						|
					  quark_parent_window);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (parent_window != old_parent_window)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window, 
 | 
						|
			  parent_window);
 | 
						|
      if (old_parent_window)
 | 
						|
	g_object_unref (old_parent_window);
 | 
						|
      if (parent_window)
 | 
						|
	g_object_ref (parent_window);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_child_visible:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @is_visible: if %TRUE, @widget should be mapped along with its parent.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets whether @widget should be mapped along with its when its parent
 | 
						|
 * is mapped and @widget has been shown with gtk_widget_show(). 
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The child visibility can be set for widget before it is added to
 | 
						|
 * a container with gtk_widget_set_parent(), to avoid mapping
 | 
						|
 * children unnecessary before immediately unmapping them. However
 | 
						|
 * it will be reset to its default state of %TRUE when the widget
 | 
						|
 * is removed from a container.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Note that changing the child visibility of a widget does not
 | 
						|
 * queue a resize on the widget. Most of the time, the size of
 | 
						|
 * a widget is computed from all visible children, whether or
 | 
						|
 * not they are mapped. If this is not the case, the container
 | 
						|
 * can queue a resize itself.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
 | 
						|
 * never should be called by an application.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			      gboolean   is_visible)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (is_visible)
 | 
						|
    GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_CHILD_VISIBLE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
      if (toplevel != widget && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | 
						|
	_gtk_window_unset_focus_and_default (GTK_WINDOW (toplevel), widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (widget->parent && GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget->parent))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget->parent) &&
 | 
						|
	  GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget) &&
 | 
						|
	  GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_map (widget);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	gtk_widget_unmap (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_child_visible:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets the value set with gtk_widget_set_child_visible().
 | 
						|
 * If you feel a need to use this function, your code probably
 | 
						|
 * needs reorganization. 
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is only useful for container implementations and
 | 
						|
 * never should be called by an application.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if the widget is mapped with the parent.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_child_visible (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return GTK_WIDGET_CHILD_VISIBLE (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static GdkScreen *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *toplevel;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (toplevel))
 | 
						|
	return GTK_WINDOW (toplevel)->screen;
 | 
						|
      else if (GTK_IS_INVISIBLE (toplevel))
 | 
						|
	return GTK_INVISIBLE (widget)->screen;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_screen:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Get the #GdkScreen from the toplevel window associated with
 | 
						|
 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
 | 
						|
 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow
 | 
						|
 * at the top.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * In general, you should only create screen specific
 | 
						|
 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
 | 
						|
 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the #GdkScreen for the toplevel for this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Since: 2.2
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkScreen*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkScreen *screen;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  screen = gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (screen)
 | 
						|
    return screen;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
#if 0
 | 
						|
      g_warning (G_STRLOC ": Can't get associated screen"
 | 
						|
		 " for a widget unless it is inside a toplevel GtkWindow\n"
 | 
						|
		 " widget type is %s associated top level type is %s",
 | 
						|
		 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (widget))),
 | 
						|
		 g_type_name (G_OBJECT_TYPE(G_OBJECT (toplevel))));
 | 
						|
#endif
 | 
						|
      return gdk_screen_get_default ();
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_has_screen:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Checks whether there is a #GdkScreen is associated with
 | 
						|
 * this widget. All toplevel widgets have an associated
 | 
						|
 * screen, and all widgets added into a heirarchy with a toplevel
 | 
						|
 * window at the top.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if there is a #GdkScreen associcated
 | 
						|
 *   with the widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Since: 2.2
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_has_screen (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return (gtk_widget_get_screen_unchecked (widget) != NULL);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_display:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Get the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel window associated with
 | 
						|
 * this widget. This function can only be called after the widget
 | 
						|
 * has been added to a widget hierarchy with a #GtkWindow at the top.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * In general, you should only create display specific
 | 
						|
 * resources when a widget has been realized, and you should
 | 
						|
 * free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the #GdkDisplay for the toplevel for this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Since: 2.2
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkDisplay*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_display (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return gdk_screen_get_display (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_root_window:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Get the root window where this widget is located. This function can
 | 
						|
 * only be called after the widget has been added to a widget
 | 
						|
 * heirarchy with #GtkWindow at the top.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The root window is useful for such purposes as creating a popup
 | 
						|
 * #GdkWindow associated with the window. In general, you should only
 | 
						|
 * create display specific resources when a widget has been realized,
 | 
						|
 * and you should free those resources when the widget is unrealized.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the #GdkWindow root window for the toplevel for this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Since: 2.2
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkWindow*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_root_window (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return gdk_screen_get_root_window (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_parent_window:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @returns: the parent window of @widget.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets @widget's parent window.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkWindow *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_parent_window   (GtkWidget           *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkWindow *parent_window;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (widget->parent != NULL, NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  parent_window = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_parent_window);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return (parent_window != NULL) ? parent_window : widget->parent->window;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_child_focus:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @direction: direction of focus movement
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is used by custom widget implementations; if you're
 | 
						|
 * writing an app, you'd use gtk_widget_grab_focus() to move the focus
 | 
						|
 * to a particular widget, and gtk_container_set_focus_chain() to
 | 
						|
 * change the focus tab order. So you may want to investigate those
 | 
						|
 * functions instead.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_child_focus() is called by containers as the user moves
 | 
						|
 * around the window using keyboard shortcuts. @direction indicates
 | 
						|
 * what kind of motion is taking place (up, down, left, right, tab
 | 
						|
 * forward, tab backward).  gtk_widget_child_focus() invokes the
 | 
						|
 * "focus" signal on #GtkWidget; widgets override the default handler
 | 
						|
 * for this signal in order to implement appropriate focus behavior.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The "focus" default handler for a widget should return %TRUE if
 | 
						|
 * moving in @direction left the focus on a focusable location inside
 | 
						|
 * that widget, and %FALSE if moving in @direction moved the focus
 | 
						|
 * outside the widget. If returning %TRUE, widgets normally
 | 
						|
 * call gtk_widget_grab_focus() to place the focus accordingly;
 | 
						|
 * if returning %FALSE, they don't modify the current focus location.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * This function replaces gtk_container_focus() from GTK+ 1.2.  It was
 | 
						|
 * necessary to check that the child was visible, sensitive, and
 | 
						|
 * focusable before calling
 | 
						|
 * gtk_container_focus(). gtk_widget_child_focus() returns %FALSE if
 | 
						|
 * the widget is not currently in a focusable state, so there's no
 | 
						|
 * need for those checks.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if focus ended up inside @widget
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_child_focus (GtkWidget       *widget,
 | 
						|
                        GtkDirectionType direction)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gboolean return_val;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) ||
 | 
						|
      !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* child widgets must set CAN_FOCUS, containers
 | 
						|
   * don't have to though.
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget) &&
 | 
						|
      !GTK_WIDGET_CAN_FOCUS (widget))
 | 
						|
    return FALSE;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget,
 | 
						|
		 widget_signals[FOCUS],
 | 
						|
		 0,
 | 
						|
		 direction, &return_val);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return return_val;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_uposition:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @x: x position; -1 to unset x; -2 to leave x unchanged
 | 
						|
 * @y: y position; -1 to unset y; -2 to leave y unchanged
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the position of a widget. The funny "u" in the name comes from
 | 
						|
 * the "user position" hint specified by the X Window System, and
 | 
						|
 * exists for legacy reasons. This function doesn't work if a widget
 | 
						|
 * is inside a container; it's only really useful on #GtkWindow.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Don't use this function to center dialogs over the main application
 | 
						|
 * window; most window managers will do the centering on your behalf
 | 
						|
 * if you call gtk_window_set_transient_for(), and it's really not
 | 
						|
 * possible to get the centering to work correctly in all cases from
 | 
						|
 * application code. But if you insist, use gtk_window_set_position()
 | 
						|
 * to set #GTK_WIN_POS_CENTER_ON_PARENT, don't do the centering
 | 
						|
 * manually.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Note that although @x and @y can be individually unset, the position
 | 
						|
 * is not honoured unless both @x and @y are set.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_uposition (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			  gint	     x,
 | 
						|
			  gint	     y)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /* FIXME this function is the only place that aux_info->x and
 | 
						|
   * aux_info->y are even used I believe, and this function is
 | 
						|
   * deprecated. Should be cleaned up.
 | 
						|
   *
 | 
						|
   * (Actually, size_allocate uses them) -Yosh
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (x > -2)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (x == -1)
 | 
						|
	aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  aux_info->x_set = TRUE;
 | 
						|
	  aux_info->x = x;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (y > -2)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (y == -1)
 | 
						|
	aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  aux_info->y_set = TRUE;
 | 
						|
	  aux_info->y = y;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_IS_WINDOW (widget) && aux_info->x_set && aux_info->y_set)
 | 
						|
    _gtk_window_reposition (GTK_WINDOW (widget), aux_info->x, aux_info->y);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget) && widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_size_allocate (widget, &widget->allocation);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			       gint       width,
 | 
						|
			       gint       height)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_object_freeze_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, TRUE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (width > -2)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "width_request");
 | 
						|
      aux_info->width = width;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  if (height > -2)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "height_request");  
 | 
						|
      aux_info->height = height;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_VISIBLE (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_queue_resize (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_thaw_notify (G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_usize:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @width: minimum width, or -1 to unset
 | 
						|
 * @height: minimum height, or -1 to unset
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * This function is deprecated; use gtk_widget_set_size_request()
 | 
						|
 * instead.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
 | 
						|
 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
 | 
						|
 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it is. The
 | 
						|
 * strange "usize" name dates from the early days of GTK+, and derives
 | 
						|
 * from X Window System terminology. In many cases,
 | 
						|
 * gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for toplevel
 | 
						|
 * windows than this function; setting the default size will still
 | 
						|
 * allow users to shrink the window. Setting the usize will force them
 | 
						|
 * to leave the window at least as large as the usize. When dealing
 | 
						|
 * with window sizes, gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful
 | 
						|
 * function as well.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
 | 
						|
 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
 | 
						|
 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
 | 
						|
 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
 | 
						|
 * correct.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_usize (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		      gint	 width,
 | 
						|
		      gint	 height)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_size_request:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @width: width @widget should request, or -1 to unset
 | 
						|
 * @height: height @widget should request, or -1 to unset
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the minimum size of a widget; that is, the widget's size
 | 
						|
 * request will be @width by @height. You can use this function to
 | 
						|
 * force a widget to be either larger or smaller than it normally
 | 
						|
 * would be.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * In most cases, gtk_window_set_default_size() is a better choice for
 | 
						|
 * toplevel windows than this function; setting the default size will
 | 
						|
 * still allow users to shrink the window. Setting the size request
 | 
						|
 * will force them to leave the window at least as large as the size
 | 
						|
 * request. When dealing with window sizes,
 | 
						|
 * gtk_window_set_geometry_hints() can be a useful function as well.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Note the inherent danger of setting any fixed size - themes,
 | 
						|
 * translations into other languages, different fonts, and user action
 | 
						|
 * can all change the appropriate size for a given widget. So, it's
 | 
						|
 * basically impossible to hardcode a size that will always be
 | 
						|
 * correct.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * The size request of a widget is the smallest size a widget can
 | 
						|
 * accept while still functioning well and drawing itself correctly.
 | 
						|
 * However in some strange cases a widget may be allocated less than
 | 
						|
 * its requested size, and in many cases a widget may be allocated more
 | 
						|
 * space than it requested.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * If the size request in a given direction is -1 (unset), then
 | 
						|
 * the "natural" size request of the widget will be used instead.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Widgets can't actually be allocated a size less than 1 by 1, but
 | 
						|
 * you can pass 0,0 to this function to mean "as small as possible."
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
                             gint       width,
 | 
						|
                             gint       height)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (width >= -1);
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (height >= -1);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (width == 0)
 | 
						|
    width = 1;
 | 
						|
  if (height == 0)
 | 
						|
    height = 1;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_set_usize_internal (widget, width, height);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_size_request:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @width: return location for width, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 * @height: return location for height, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Gets the size request that was explicitly set for the widget using
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_size_request().  A value of -1 stored in @width or
 | 
						|
 * @height indicates that that dimension has not been set explicitly
 | 
						|
 * and the natural requisition of the widget will be used intead. See
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_size_request(). To get the size a widget will
 | 
						|
 * actually use, call gtk_widget_size_request() instead of
 | 
						|
 * this function.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
 
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_size_request (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
                             gint      *width,
 | 
						|
                             gint      *height)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  aux_info = _gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (width)
 | 
						|
    *width = aux_info ? aux_info->width : -1;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (height)
 | 
						|
    *height = aux_info ? aux_info->height : -1;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_events:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @events: event mask
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the event mask (see #GdkEventMask) for a widget. The event
 | 
						|
 * mask determines which events a widget will receive. Keep in mind
 | 
						|
 * that different widgets have different default event masks, and by
 | 
						|
 * changing the event mask you may disrupt a widget's functionality,
 | 
						|
 * so be careful. This function must be called while a widget is
 | 
						|
 * unrealized. Consider gtk_widget_add_events() for widgets that are
 | 
						|
 * already realized, or if you want to preserve the existing event
 | 
						|
 * mask. This function can't be used with #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets;
 | 
						|
 * to get events on those widgets, place them inside a #GtkEventBox
 | 
						|
 * and receive events on the event box.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_events (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		       gint	  events)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gint *eventp;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (events)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!eventp)
 | 
						|
	eventp = g_new (gint, 1);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      *eventp = events;
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask, eventp);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else if (eventp)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_free (eventp);
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_add_events:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @events: an event mask, see #GdkEventMask
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Adds the events in the bitfield @events to the event mask for
 | 
						|
 * @widget. See gtk_widget_set_events() for details.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_add_events (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		       gint	  events)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gint *eventp;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  eventp = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (events)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!eventp)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  eventp = g_new (gint, 1);
 | 
						|
	  *eventp = 0;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      *eventp |= events;
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask, eventp);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else if (eventp)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_free (eventp);
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  GList *children = gdk_window_get_children (widget->window);
 | 
						|
	  GList *tmp_list = children;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  while (tmp_list)
 | 
						|
	    {
 | 
						|
	      GdkWindow *window = tmp_list->data;
 | 
						|
	      gpointer user_data;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	      gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &user_data);
 | 
						|
	      if (user_data == widget)
 | 
						|
		gdk_window_set_events (window, gdk_window_get_events (window) | events);
 | 
						|
	      tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
 | 
						|
	    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
	  g_list_free (children);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  gdk_window_set_events (widget->window, gdk_window_get_events (widget->window) | events);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "events");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_extension_events:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @mode: bitfield of extension events to receive
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the extension events mask to @mode. See #GdkExtensionMode
 | 
						|
 * and gdk_input_set_extension_events().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
				 GdkExtensionMode mode)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkExtensionMode *modep;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  modep = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!modep)
 | 
						|
    modep = g_new (GdkExtensionMode, 1);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  *modep = mode;
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode, modep);
 | 
						|
  g_object_notify (G_OBJECT (widget), "extension_events");
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * This function returns the topmost widget in the container hierarchy
 | 
						|
 * @widget is a part of. If @widget has no parent widgets, it will be
 | 
						|
 * returned as the topmost widget. No reference will be added to the
 | 
						|
 * returned widget; it should not be unreferenced.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Note the difference in behavior vs. gtk_widget_get_ancestor();
 | 
						|
 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_WINDOW)</literal> 
 | 
						|
 * would return
 | 
						|
 * %NULL if @widget wasn't inside a toplevel window, and if the
 | 
						|
 * window was inside a #GtkWindow-derived widget which was in turn
 | 
						|
 * inside the toplevel #GtkWindow. While the second case may
 | 
						|
 * seem unlikely, it actually happens when a #GtkPlug is embedded
 | 
						|
 * inside a #GtkSocket within the same application.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * To reliably find the toplevel #GtkWindow, use
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_toplevel() and check if the %TOPLEVEL flags
 | 
						|
 * is set on the result.
 | 
						|
 * <informalexample><programlisting>
 | 
						|
 *  GtkWidget *toplevel = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
 *  if (GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (toplevel))
 | 
						|
 *    {
 | 
						|
 *      [ Perform action on toplevel. ]
 | 
						|
 *    }
 | 
						|
 * </programlisting></informalexample>
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the topmost ancestor of @widget, or @widget itself if there's no ancestor.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkWidget*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_toplevel (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  while (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    widget = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return widget;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_ancestor:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @widget_type: ancestor type
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets the first ancestor of @widget with type @widget_type. For example,
 | 
						|
 * <literal>gtk_widget_get_ancestor (widget, GTK_TYPE_BOX)</literal> gets the 
 | 
						|
 * first #GtkBox that's
 | 
						|
 * an ancestor of @widget. No reference will be added to the returned widget;
 | 
						|
 * it should not be unreferenced. See note about checking for a toplevel
 | 
						|
 * #GtkWindow in the docs for gtk_widget_get_toplevel().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Note that unlike gtk_widget_is_ancestor(), gtk_widget_get_ancestor() 
 | 
						|
 * considers @widget to be an ancestor of itself.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the ancestor widget, or %NULL if not found
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkWidget*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			 GType      widget_type)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  while (widget && !g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type))
 | 
						|
    widget = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!(widget && g_type_is_a (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget), widget_type)))
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return widget;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_colormap:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets the colormap that will be used to render @widget. No reference will
 | 
						|
 * be added to the returned colormap; it should not be unreferenced.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the colormap used by @widget
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkColormap*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_colormap (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkColormap *colormap;
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *tmp_widget;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (widget->window)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      colormap = gdk_drawable_get_colormap (widget->window);
 | 
						|
      /* If window was destroyed previously, we'll get NULL here */
 | 
						|
      if (colormap)
 | 
						|
	return colormap;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  tmp_widget = widget;
 | 
						|
  while (tmp_widget)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      colormap = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (tmp_widget), quark_colormap);
 | 
						|
      if (colormap)
 | 
						|
	return colormap;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      tmp_widget= tmp_widget->parent;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_visual:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets the visual that will be used to render @widget.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the visual for @widget
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkVisual*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_visual (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_colormap (widget));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_settings:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets the settings object holding the settings (global property
 | 
						|
 * settings, RC file information, etc) used for this widget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Note that this function can only be called when the #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * is attached to a toplevel, since the settings object is specific
 | 
						|
 * to a particular #GdkScreen.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the relevant #GtkSettings object
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkSettings*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_settings (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return gtk_settings_get_for_screen (gtk_widget_get_screen (widget));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_colormap:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @colormap: a colormap
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Sets the colormap for the widget to the given value. Widget must not
 | 
						|
 * have been previously realized. This probably should only be used
 | 
						|
 * from an <function>init()</function> function (i.e. from the constructor 
 | 
						|
 * for the widget).
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_colormap (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
                         GdkColormap *colormap)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (colormap);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), 
 | 
						|
			   quark_colormap,
 | 
						|
			   colormap,
 | 
						|
			   g_object_unref);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_events:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Returns the event mask for the widget (a bitfield containing flags
 | 
						|
 * from the #GdkEventMask enumeration). These are the events that the widget
 | 
						|
 * will receive.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: event mask for @widget
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gint
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_events (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gint *events;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | 
						|
  if (events)
 | 
						|
    return *events;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_extension_events:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Retrieves the extension events the widget will receive; see
 | 
						|
 * gdk_input_set_extension_events().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: extension events for @widget
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkExtensionMode
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_extension_events (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GdkExtensionMode *mode;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), 0);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  mode = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | 
						|
  if (mode)
 | 
						|
    return *mode;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return 0;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_pointer:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @x: return location for the X coordinate, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 * @y: return location for the Y coordinate, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Obtains the location of the mouse pointer in widget coordinates.
 | 
						|
 * Widget coordinates are a bit odd; for historical reasons, they are
 | 
						|
 * defined as @widget->window coordinates for widgets that are not
 | 
						|
 * #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets, and are relative to @widget->allocation.x,
 | 
						|
 * @widget->allocation.y for widgets that are #GTK_NO_WINDOW widgets.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_pointer (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			gint	  *x,
 | 
						|
			gint	  *y)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (x)
 | 
						|
    *x = -1;
 | 
						|
  if (y)
 | 
						|
    *y = -1;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_get_pointer (widget->window, x, y, NULL);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (x)
 | 
						|
	    *x -= widget->allocation.x;
 | 
						|
	  if (y)
 | 
						|
	    *y -= widget->allocation.y;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_is_ancestor:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @ancestor: another #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Determines whether @widget is somewhere inside @ancestor, possibly with
 | 
						|
 * intermediate containers.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: %TRUE if @ancestor contains @widget as a child, grandchild, great grandchild, etc.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gboolean
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_is_ancestor (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			GtkWidget *ancestor)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), FALSE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (ancestor != NULL, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  while (widget)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (widget->parent == ancestor)
 | 
						|
	return TRUE;
 | 
						|
      widget = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return FALSE;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static GQuark quark_composite_name = 0;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_composite_name:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @name: the name to set.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets a widgets composite name. The widget must be
 | 
						|
 * a composite child of its parent; see gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_composite_name (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
			       const gchar *name)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (name != NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!quark_composite_name)
 | 
						|
    quark_composite_name = g_quark_from_static_string ("gtk-composite-name");
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget),
 | 
						|
			   quark_composite_name,
 | 
						|
			   g_strdup (name),
 | 
						|
			   g_free);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_composite_name:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @returns: the composite name of @widget, or %NULL if @widget is not
 | 
						|
 *   a composite child. The string should not be freed when it is no 
 | 
						|
 *   longer needed.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Obtains the composite name of a widget. 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
gchar*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_composite_name (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_COMPOSITE_CHILD (widget) && widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    return _gtk_container_child_composite_name (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent),
 | 
						|
					       widget);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_push_composite_child:
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Makes all newly-created widgets as composite children until
 | 
						|
 * the corresponding gtk_widget_pop_composite_child() call.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * A composite child is a child that's an implementation detail of the
 | 
						|
 * container it's inside and should not be visible to people using the
 | 
						|
 * container. Composite children aren't treated differently by GTK (but
 | 
						|
 * see gtk_container_foreach() vs. gtk_container_forall()), but e.g. GUI 
 | 
						|
 * builders might want to treat them in a different way.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Here is a simple example:
 | 
						|
 * <informalexample><programlisting>
 | 
						|
 *   gtk_widget_push_composite_child (<!-- -->);
 | 
						|
 *   scrolled_window->hscrollbar = gtk_hscrollbar_new (hadjustment);
 | 
						|
 *   gtk_widget_set_composite_name (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, "hscrollbar");
 | 
						|
 *   gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (<!-- -->);
 | 
						|
 *   gtk_widget_set_parent (scrolled_window->hscrollbar, 
 | 
						|
 *                          GTK_WIDGET (scrolled_window));
 | 
						|
 *   g_object_ref (scrolled_window->hscrollbar);
 | 
						|
 * </programlisting></informalexample>
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_push_composite_child (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  composite_child_stack++;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_pop_composite_child:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Cancels the effect of a previous call to gtk_widget_push_composite_child().
 | 
						|
 **/ 
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_pop_composite_child (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (composite_child_stack)
 | 
						|
    composite_child_stack--;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_push_colormap:
 | 
						|
 * @cmap: a #GdkColormap
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Pushes @cmap onto a global stack of colormaps; the topmost
 | 
						|
 * colormap on the stack will be used to create all widgets.
 | 
						|
 * Remove @cmap with gtk_widget_pop_colormap(). There's little
 | 
						|
 * reason to use this function.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_push_colormap (GdkColormap *cmap)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (!cmap || GDK_IS_COLORMAP (cmap));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  colormap_stack = g_slist_prepend (colormap_stack, cmap);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_pop_colormap:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Removes a colormap pushed with gtk_widget_push_colormap().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_pop_colormap (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (colormap_stack)
 | 
						|
    colormap_stack = g_slist_delete_link (colormap_stack, colormap_stack);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_default_colormap:
 | 
						|
 * @colormap: a #GdkColormap
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the default colormap to use when creating widgets.
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_push_colormap() is a better function to use if
 | 
						|
 * you only want to affect a few widgets, rather than all widgets.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_default_colormap (GdkColormap *colormap)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GDK_IS_COLORMAP (colormap));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gdk_screen_set_default_colormap (gdk_colormap_get_screen (colormap),
 | 
						|
				   colormap);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_default_colormap:
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Obtains the default colormap used to create widgets.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: default widget colormap
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkColormap*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_default_colormap (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return gdk_screen_get_default_colormap (gdk_screen_get_default ());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_default_visual:
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Obtains the visual of the default colormap. Not really useful;
 | 
						|
 * used to be useful before gdk_colormap_get_visual() existed.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: visual of the default colormap
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkVisual*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_default_visual (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return gdk_colormap_get_visual (gtk_widget_get_default_colormap ());
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
				   GtkTextDirection  old_dir)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  PangoContext *context = gtk_widget_peek_pango_context (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (context)
 | 
						|
    pango_context_set_base_dir (context,
 | 
						|
				gtk_widget_get_direction (widget) == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR ?
 | 
						|
				  PANGO_DIRECTION_LTR : PANGO_DIRECTION_RTL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[DIRECTION_CHANGED], 0, old_dir);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_direction:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @dir:    the new direction
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the reading direction on a particular widget. This direction
 | 
						|
 * controls the primary direction for widgets containing text,
 | 
						|
 * and also the direction in which the children of a container are
 | 
						|
 * packed. The ability to set the direction is present in order
 | 
						|
 * so that correct localization into languages with right-to-left
 | 
						|
 * reading directions can be done. Generally, applications will
 | 
						|
 * let the default reading direction present, except for containers
 | 
						|
 * where the containers are arranged in an order that is explicitely
 | 
						|
 * visual rather than logical (such as buttons for text justification).
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * If the direction is set to %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE, then the value
 | 
						|
 * set by gtk_widget_set_default_direction() will be used.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_direction (GtkWidget        *widget,
 | 
						|
			  GtkTextDirection  dir)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkTextDirection old_dir;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (dir >= GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE && dir <= GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  old_dir = gtk_widget_get_direction (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE)
 | 
						|
    GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_SET);
 | 
						|
      if (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR)
 | 
						|
	GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_DIRECTION_LTR);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (old_dir != gtk_widget_get_direction (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_direction:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Gets the reading direction for a particular widget. See
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_direction().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the reading direction for the widget.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkTextDirection
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_direction (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
 | 
						|
    return GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_LTR (widget) ? GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR : GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL;
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    return gtk_default_direction;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (GtkWidget *widget, gpointer data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkTextDirection old_dir = GPOINTER_TO_UINT (data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_DIRECTION_SET (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_emit_direction_changed (widget, old_dir);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
			  gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse,
 | 
						|
			  data);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction:
 | 
						|
 * @dir: the new default direction. This cannot be
 | 
						|
 *        %GTK_TEXT_DIR_NONE.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets the default reading direction for widgets where the
 | 
						|
 * direction has not been explicitly set by gtk_widget_set_direction().
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_set_default_direction (GtkTextDirection dir)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_RTL || dir == GTK_TEXT_DIR_LTR);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (dir != gtk_default_direction)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GList *toplevels, *tmp_list;
 | 
						|
      GtkTextDirection old_dir = gtk_default_direction;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      gtk_default_direction = dir;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      tmp_list = toplevels = gtk_window_list_toplevels ();
 | 
						|
      g_list_foreach (toplevels, (GFunc)g_object_ref, NULL);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      while (tmp_list)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  gtk_widget_set_default_direction_recurse (tmp_list->data,
 | 
						|
						    GUINT_TO_POINTER (old_dir));
 | 
						|
	  g_object_unref (tmp_list->data);
 | 
						|
	  tmp_list = tmp_list->next;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      g_list_free (toplevels);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_default_direction:
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Obtains the current default reading direction. See
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_set_default_direction().
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the current default direction. 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkTextDirection
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_default_direction (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return gtk_default_direction;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_dispose (GObject *object)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    gtk_container_remove (GTK_CONTAINER (widget->parent), widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_VISIBLE);
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_unrealize (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->dispose (object);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_destroy (GtkObject *object)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  /* gtk_object_destroy() will already hold a refcount on object */
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* wipe accelerator closures (keep order) */
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_path, NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accel_closures, NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_grab_remove (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget->style);
 | 
						|
  widget->style = gtk_widget_get_default_style ();
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget->style);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  GTK_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->destroy (object);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_finalize (GObject *object)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidget *widget = GTK_WIDGET (object);
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | 
						|
  gint *events;
 | 
						|
  GdkExtensionMode *mode;
 | 
						|
  GtkAccessible *accessible;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  gtk_grab_remove (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget->style);
 | 
						|
  widget->style = NULL;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (widget->name)
 | 
						|
    g_free (widget->name);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  aux_info =_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (widget, FALSE);
 | 
						|
  if (aux_info)
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (aux_info);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  events = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_event_mask);
 | 
						|
  if (events)
 | 
						|
    g_free (events);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  mode = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_extension_event_mode);
 | 
						|
  if (mode)
 | 
						|
    g_free (mode);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_accessible_object);
 | 
						|
  if (accessible)
 | 
						|
    g_object_unref (accessible);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  G_OBJECT_CLASS (parent_class)->finalize (object);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*****************************************
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_real_map:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   arguments:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   results:
 | 
						|
 *****************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_map (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget) == TRUE);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	gdk_window_show (widget->window);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*****************************************
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_real_unmap:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   arguments:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   results:
 | 
						|
 *****************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_unmap (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
	gdk_window_hide (widget->window);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*****************************************
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_real_realize:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   arguments:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   results:
 | 
						|
 *****************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_realize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
 | 
						|
  if (widget->parent)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      widget->window = gtk_widget_get_parent_window (widget);
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget->window);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  widget->style = gtk_style_attach (widget->style, widget->window);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*****************************************
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_real_unrealize:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   arguments:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   results:
 | 
						|
 *****************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_unrealize (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_WIDGET_MAPPED (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_widget_real_unmap (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_MAPPED);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* printf ("unrealizing %s\n", g_type_name (G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget)));
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
   /* We must do unrealize child widget BEFORE container widget.
 | 
						|
    * gdk_window_destroy() destroys specified xwindow and its sub-xwindows.
 | 
						|
    * So, unrealizing container widget bofore its children causes the problem 
 | 
						|
    * (for example, gdk_ic_destroy () with destroyed window causes crash. )
 | 
						|
    */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
			  (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_unrealize,
 | 
						|
			  NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_style_detach (widget->style);
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_set_user_data (widget->window, NULL);
 | 
						|
      gdk_window_destroy (widget->window);
 | 
						|
      widget->window = NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (widget->window);
 | 
						|
      widget->window = NULL;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_selection_remove_all (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_REALIZED);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_size_request (GtkWidget         *widget,
 | 
						|
			      GtkRequisition    *requisition)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  requisition->width = widget->requisition.width;
 | 
						|
  requisition->height = widget->requisition.height;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * _gtk_widget_peek_colormap:
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Returns colormap currently pushed by gtk_widget_push_colormap, if any.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the currently pushed colormap, or %NULL if there is none.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GdkColormap*
 | 
						|
_gtk_widget_peek_colormap (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  if (colormap_stack)
 | 
						|
    return (GdkColormap*) colormap_stack->data;
 | 
						|
  return NULL;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_propagate_state (GtkWidget           *widget,
 | 
						|
			    GtkStateData        *data)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  guint8 old_state;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  /* don't call this function with state==GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE,
 | 
						|
   * parent_sensitive==TRUE on a sensitive widget
 | 
						|
   */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  old_state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (data->parent_sensitive)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_SET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (data->state_restoration)
 | 
						|
	    GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget);
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = data->state;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
 | 
						|
	  if (!data->state_restoration &&
 | 
						|
	      data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | 
						|
	    GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = data->state;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_UNSET_FLAGS (widget, GTK_PARENT_SENSITIVE);
 | 
						|
      if (!data->state_restoration)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  if (data->state != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | 
						|
	    GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = data->state;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      else if (GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) != GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE)
 | 
						|
	GTK_WIDGET_SAVED_STATE (widget) = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | 
						|
      GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget) = GTK_STATE_INSENSITIVE;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (gtk_widget_is_focus (widget) && !GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GtkWidget *window;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      window = gtk_widget_get_toplevel (widget);
 | 
						|
      if (window && GTK_WIDGET_TOPLEVEL (window))
 | 
						|
	gtk_window_set_focus (GTK_WINDOW (window), NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (old_state != GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (!GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) && GTK_WIDGET_HAS_GRAB (widget))
 | 
						|
	gtk_grab_remove (widget);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      g_signal_emit (widget, widget_signals[STATE_CHANGED], 0, old_state);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (GTK_IS_CONTAINER (widget))
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  data->parent_sensitive = (GTK_WIDGET_IS_SENSITIVE (widget) != FALSE);
 | 
						|
	  data->state = GTK_WIDGET_STATE (widget);
 | 
						|
	  if (data->use_forall)
 | 
						|
	    gtk_container_forall (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
				  (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
 | 
						|
				  data);
 | 
						|
	  else
 | 
						|
	    gtk_container_foreach (GTK_CONTAINER (widget),
 | 
						|
				   (GtkCallback) gtk_widget_propagate_state,
 | 
						|
				   data);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * _gtk_widget_get_aux_info:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @create: if %TRUE, create the structure if it doesn't exist
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Get the #GtkWidgetAuxInfo structure for the widget.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the #GtkAuxInfo structure for the widget, or
 | 
						|
 *    %NULL if @create is %FALSE and one doesn't already exist.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkWidgetAuxInfo*
 | 
						|
_gtk_widget_get_aux_info (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			  gboolean   create)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  aux_info = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info);
 | 
						|
  if (!aux_info && create)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      if (!aux_info_mem_chunk)
 | 
						|
	aux_info_mem_chunk = g_mem_chunk_new ("widget aux info mem chunk",
 | 
						|
					      sizeof (GtkWidgetAuxInfo),
 | 
						|
					      1024, G_ALLOC_AND_FREE);
 | 
						|
      aux_info = g_chunk_new (GtkWidgetAuxInfo, aux_info_mem_chunk);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      aux_info->width = -1;
 | 
						|
      aux_info->height = -1;
 | 
						|
      aux_info->x = 0;
 | 
						|
      aux_info->y = 0;
 | 
						|
      aux_info->x_set = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      aux_info->y_set = FALSE;
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_aux_info, aux_info);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return aux_info;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*****************************************
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   arguments:
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 *   results:
 | 
						|
 *****************************************/
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_aux_info_destroy (GtkWidgetAuxInfo *aux_info)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_mem_chunk_free (aux_info_mem_chunk, aux_info);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy (GtkWidgetShapeInfo *info)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (info->shape_mask);
 | 
						|
  g_free (info);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask: 
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 * @shape_mask: shape to be added, or %NULL to remove an existing shape. 
 | 
						|
 * @offset_x: X position of shape mask with respect to @window.
 | 
						|
 * @offset_y: Y position of shape mask with respect to @window.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Sets a shape for this widget's GDK window. This allows for
 | 
						|
 * transparent windows etc., see gdk_window_shape_combine_mask()
 | 
						|
 * for more information.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_shape_combine_mask (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			       GdkBitmap *shape_mask,
 | 
						|
			       gint	  offset_x,
 | 
						|
			       gint	  offset_y)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetShapeInfo* shape_info;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  /*  set_shape doesn't work on widgets without gdk window */
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (!GTK_WIDGET_NO_WINDOW (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!shape_mask)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_PRIVATE_UNSET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (widget->window)
 | 
						|
	gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, NULL, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, NULL);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      GTK_PRIVATE_SET_FLAG (widget, GTK_HAS_SHAPE_MASK);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      shape_info = g_new (GtkWidgetShapeInfo, 1);
 | 
						|
      g_object_set_qdata_full (G_OBJECT (widget), quark_shape_info, shape_info,
 | 
						|
			       (GDestroyNotify) gtk_widget_shape_info_destroy);
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      shape_info->shape_mask = g_object_ref (shape_mask);
 | 
						|
      shape_info->offset_x = offset_x;
 | 
						|
      shape_info->offset_y = offset_y;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      /* set shape if widget has a gdk window allready.
 | 
						|
       * otherwise the shape is scheduled to be set by gtk_widget_realize.
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      if (widget->window)
 | 
						|
	gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (widget->window, shape_mask,
 | 
						|
				       offset_x, offset_y);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
			  GdkWindow *window)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  gpointer data;
 | 
						|
  GList *list;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gdk_window_get_user_data (window, &data);
 | 
						|
  if (data != widget)
 | 
						|
    return;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gdk_window_shape_combine_mask (window, NULL, 0, 0);
 | 
						|
  for (list = gdk_window_peek_children (window); list; list = list->next)
 | 
						|
    gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, list->data);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_reset_shapes:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Recursively resets the shape on this widget and its descendants.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_reset_shapes (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_WIDGET_REALIZED (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  if (!GTK_WIDGET_HAS_SHAPE_MASK (widget))
 | 
						|
    gtk_reset_shapes_recurse (widget, widget->window);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_ref:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Adds a reference to a widget. This function is exactly the same
 | 
						|
 * as calling g_object_ref(), and exists mostly for historical
 | 
						|
 * reasons. It can still be convenient to avoid casting a widget
 | 
						|
 * to a #GObject, it saves a small amount of typing.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the widget that was referenced
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkWidget*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_ref (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return (GtkWidget*) g_object_ref ((GObject*) widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_unref:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Inverse of gtk_widget_ref(). Equivalent to g_object_unref().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_unref (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref ((GObject*) widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/* style properties
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (GtkWidgetClass     *class,
 | 
						|
						GParamSpec         *pspec,
 | 
						|
						GtkRcPropertyParser parser)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (pspec->flags & G_PARAM_READABLE);
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (!(pspec->flags & (G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT_ONLY | G_PARAM_CONSTRUCT)));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool, pspec->name, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class), FALSE))
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      g_warning (G_STRLOC ": class `%s' already contains a style property named `%s'",
 | 
						|
		 G_OBJECT_CLASS_NAME (class),
 | 
						|
		 pspec->name);
 | 
						|
      return;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_param_spec_ref (pspec);
 | 
						|
  g_param_spec_sink (pspec);
 | 
						|
  g_param_spec_set_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser, (gpointer) parser);
 | 
						|
  g_param_spec_pool_insert (style_property_spec_pool, pspec, G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (class));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_class_install_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *class,
 | 
						|
					 GParamSpec     *pspec)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkRcPropertyParser parser;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET_CLASS (class));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (G_IS_PARAM_SPEC (pspec));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  parser = _gtk_rc_property_parser_from_type (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_class_install_style_property_parser (class, pspec, parser);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_class_find_style_property:
 | 
						|
 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
 | 
						|
 * @property_name: the name of the style property to find
 | 
						|
 * @returns: the #GParamSpec of the style property or %NULL if @class has no
 | 
						|
 *   style property with that name.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Finds a style property of a widget class by name.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Since: 2.2
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
GParamSpec*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_class_find_style_property (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
 | 
						|
				      const gchar    *property_name)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (property_name != NULL, NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
 | 
						|
				   property_name,
 | 
						|
				   G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
 | 
						|
				   TRUE);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties:
 | 
						|
 * @klass: a #GtkWidgetClass
 | 
						|
 * @n_properties: location to return the number of style properties found
 | 
						|
 * @returns: an newly allocated array of #GParamSpec*. The array must be freed with g_free().
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Returns all style properties of a widget class.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Since: 2.2
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
GParamSpec**
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_class_list_style_properties (GtkWidgetClass *klass,
 | 
						|
					guint          *n_properties)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GParamSpec **pspecs;
 | 
						|
  guint n;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  pspecs = g_param_spec_pool_list (style_property_spec_pool,
 | 
						|
				   G_OBJECT_CLASS_TYPE (klass),
 | 
						|
				   &n);
 | 
						|
  if (n_properties)
 | 
						|
    *n_properties = n;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return pspecs;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_style_get_property:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @property_name: the name of a style property
 | 
						|
 * @value: location to return the property value 
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Gets the value of a style property of @widget.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_style_get_property (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
			       const gchar *property_name,
 | 
						|
			       GValue      *value)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GParamSpec *pspec;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (property_name != NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (G_IS_VALUE (value));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
  pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
 | 
						|
				    property_name,
 | 
						|
				    G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | 
						|
				    TRUE);
 | 
						|
  if (!pspec)
 | 
						|
    g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
 | 
						|
	       G_STRLOC,
 | 
						|
	       G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
 | 
						|
	       property_name);
 | 
						|
  else
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      const GValue *peek_value;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
 | 
						|
						   G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | 
						|
						   pspec,
 | 
						|
						   (GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      /* auto-conversion of the caller's value type
 | 
						|
       */
 | 
						|
      if (G_VALUE_TYPE (value) == G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec))
 | 
						|
	g_value_copy (peek_value, value);
 | 
						|
      else if (g_value_type_transformable (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec), G_VALUE_TYPE (value)))
 | 
						|
	g_value_transform (peek_value, value);
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	g_warning ("can't retrieve style property `%s' of type `%s' as value of type `%s'",
 | 
						|
		   pspec->name,
 | 
						|
		   g_type_name (G_PARAM_SPEC_VALUE_TYPE (pspec)),
 | 
						|
		   G_VALUE_TYPE_NAME (value));
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_style_get_valist:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
 | 
						|
 * @var_args: a <type>va_list</type> of pairs of property names and
 | 
						|
 *     locations to return the property values, starting with the location
 | 
						|
 *     for @first_property_name.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Non-vararg variant of gtk_widget_style_get(). Used primarily by language 
 | 
						|
 * bindings.
 | 
						|
 */ 
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_style_get_valist (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
			     const gchar *first_property_name,
 | 
						|
			     va_list      var_args)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  const gchar *name;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_ref (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  name = first_property_name;
 | 
						|
  while (name)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      const GValue *peek_value;
 | 
						|
      GParamSpec *pspec;
 | 
						|
      gchar *error;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      pspec = g_param_spec_pool_lookup (style_property_spec_pool,
 | 
						|
					name,
 | 
						|
					G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | 
						|
					TRUE);
 | 
						|
      if (!pspec)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  g_warning ("%s: widget class `%s' has no property named `%s'",
 | 
						|
		     G_STRLOC,
 | 
						|
		     G_OBJECT_TYPE_NAME (widget),
 | 
						|
		     name);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      /* style pspecs are always readable so we can spare that check here */
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      peek_value = _gtk_style_peek_property_value (widget->style,
 | 
						|
						   G_OBJECT_TYPE (widget),
 | 
						|
						   pspec,
 | 
						|
						   (GtkRcPropertyParser) g_param_spec_get_qdata (pspec, quark_property_parser));
 | 
						|
      G_VALUE_LCOPY (peek_value, var_args, 0, &error);
 | 
						|
      if (error)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  g_warning ("%s: %s", G_STRLOC, error);
 | 
						|
	  g_free (error);
 | 
						|
	  break;
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
      name = va_arg (var_args, gchar*);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_object_unref (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_style_get:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @first_property_name: the name of the first property to get
 | 
						|
 * @Varargs: pairs of property names and locations to 
 | 
						|
 *   return the property values, starting with the location for 
 | 
						|
 *   @first_property_name, terminated by %NULL.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Gets the values of a multiple style properties of @widget.
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_style_get (GtkWidget   *widget,
 | 
						|
		      const gchar *first_property_name,
 | 
						|
		      ...)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  va_list var_args;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  va_start (var_args, first_property_name);
 | 
						|
  gtk_widget_style_get_valist (widget, first_property_name, var_args);
 | 
						|
  va_end (var_args);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_path:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @path_length: location to store length of the path, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 * @path: location to store allocated path string, or %NULL 
 | 
						|
 * @path_reversed: location to store allocated reverse path string, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Obtains the full path to @widget. The path is simply the name of a
 | 
						|
 * widget and all its parents in the container hierarchy, separated by
 | 
						|
 * periods. The name of a widget comes from
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_name(). Paths are used to apply styles to a widget
 | 
						|
 * in gtkrc configuration files.  Widget names are the type of the
 | 
						|
 * widget by default (e.g. "GtkButton") or can be set to an
 | 
						|
 * application-specific value with gtk_widget_set_name().  By setting
 | 
						|
 * the name of a widget, you allow users or theme authors to apply
 | 
						|
 * styles to that specific widget in their gtkrc
 | 
						|
 * file. @path_reversed_p fills in the path in reverse order,
 | 
						|
 * i.e. starting with @widget's name instead of starting with the name
 | 
						|
 * of @widget's outermost ancestor.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_path (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		 guint     *path_length,
 | 
						|
		 gchar    **path,
 | 
						|
		 gchar    **path_reversed)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
 | 
						|
  static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
 | 
						|
  guint len;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  len = 0;
 | 
						|
  do
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      const gchar *string;
 | 
						|
      const gchar *s;
 | 
						|
      gchar *d;
 | 
						|
      guint l;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      string = gtk_widget_get_name (widget);
 | 
						|
      l = strlen (string);
 | 
						|
      while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
 | 
						|
	  rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      s = string + l - 1;
 | 
						|
      d = rev_path + len;
 | 
						|
      while (s >= string)
 | 
						|
	*(d++) = *(s--);
 | 
						|
      len += l;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      widget = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (widget)
 | 
						|
	rev_path[len++] = '.';
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	rev_path[len++] = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  while (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (path_length)
 | 
						|
    *path_length = len - 1;
 | 
						|
  if (path_reversed)
 | 
						|
    *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | 
						|
  if (path)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | 
						|
      g_strreverse (*path);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_class_path:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @path_length: location to store the length of the class path, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 * @path: location to store the class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 * @path_reversed: location to store the reverse class path as an allocated string, or %NULL
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Same as gtk_widget_path(), but always uses the name of a widget's type,
 | 
						|
 * never uses a custom name set with gtk_widget_set_name().
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_class_path (GtkWidget *widget,
 | 
						|
		       guint     *path_length,
 | 
						|
		       gchar    **path,
 | 
						|
		       gchar    **path_reversed)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static gchar *rev_path = NULL;
 | 
						|
  static guint tmp_path_len = 0;
 | 
						|
  guint len;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  g_return_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget));
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  len = 0;
 | 
						|
  do
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      const gchar *string;
 | 
						|
      const gchar *s;
 | 
						|
      gchar *d;
 | 
						|
      guint l;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      string = g_type_name (GTK_WIDGET_TYPE (widget));
 | 
						|
      l = strlen (string);
 | 
						|
      while (tmp_path_len <= len + l + 1)
 | 
						|
	{
 | 
						|
	  tmp_path_len += INIT_PATH_SIZE;
 | 
						|
	  rev_path = g_realloc (rev_path, tmp_path_len);
 | 
						|
	}
 | 
						|
      s = string + l - 1;
 | 
						|
      d = rev_path + len;
 | 
						|
      while (s >= string)
 | 
						|
	*(d++) = *(s--);
 | 
						|
      len += l;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      widget = widget->parent;
 | 
						|
      
 | 
						|
      if (widget)
 | 
						|
	rev_path[len++] = '.';
 | 
						|
      else
 | 
						|
	rev_path[len++] = 0;
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
  while (widget);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (path_length)
 | 
						|
    *path_length = len - 1;
 | 
						|
  if (path_reversed)
 | 
						|
    *path_reversed = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | 
						|
  if (path)
 | 
						|
    {
 | 
						|
      *path = g_strdup (rev_path);
 | 
						|
      g_strreverse (*path);
 | 
						|
    }
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_requisition_copy:
 | 
						|
 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition.
 | 
						|
 * @returns: a copy of @requisition.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Copies a #GtkRequisition.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkRequisition *
 | 
						|
gtk_requisition_copy (const GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  return (GtkRequisition *)g_memdup (requisition, sizeof (GtkRequisition));
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_requisition_free:
 | 
						|
 * @requisition: a #GtkRequisition.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Frees a #GtkRequisition.
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
void
 | 
						|
gtk_requisition_free (GtkRequisition *requisition)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_free (requisition);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
GType
 | 
						|
gtk_requisition_get_type (void)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  static GType our_type = 0;
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  if (our_type == 0)
 | 
						|
    our_type = g_boxed_type_register_static ("GtkRequisition",
 | 
						|
					     (GBoxedCopyFunc) gtk_requisition_copy,
 | 
						|
					     (GBoxedFreeFunc) gtk_requisition_free);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return our_type;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
AtkObject* 
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  GtkWidgetClass *klass;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  klass = GTK_WIDGET_GET_CLASS (widget);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (klass->get_accessible != NULL, NULL);
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  return klass->get_accessible (widget);
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static AtkObject* 
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_real_get_accessible (GtkWidget *widget)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AtkObject* accessible;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  accessible = g_object_get_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), 
 | 
						|
                                   quark_accessible_object);
 | 
						|
  if (!accessible)
 | 
						|
  {
 | 
						|
    AtkObjectFactory *factory;
 | 
						|
    AtkRegistry *default_registry;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
    default_registry = atk_get_default_registry ();
 | 
						|
    factory = atk_registry_get_factory (default_registry, 
 | 
						|
                                        G_TYPE_FROM_INSTANCE (widget));
 | 
						|
    accessible =
 | 
						|
      atk_object_factory_create_accessible (factory,
 | 
						|
					    G_OBJECT (widget));
 | 
						|
    g_object_set_qdata (G_OBJECT (widget), 
 | 
						|
                        quark_accessible_object,
 | 
						|
                        accessible);
 | 
						|
  }
 | 
						|
  return accessible;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/*
 | 
						|
 * Initialize a AtkImplementorIface instance's virtual pointers as
 | 
						|
 * appropriate to this implementor's class (GtkWidget).
 | 
						|
 */
 | 
						|
static void
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_accessible_interface_init (AtkImplementorIface *iface)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  iface->ref_accessible = gtk_widget_ref_accessible;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
static AtkObject*
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_ref_accessible (AtkImplementor *implementor)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  AtkObject *accessible;
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
  accessible = gtk_widget_get_accessible (GTK_WIDGET (implementor));
 | 
						|
  if (accessible)
 | 
						|
    g_object_ref (accessible);
 | 
						|
  return accessible;
 | 
						|
}
 | 
						|
 | 
						|
/**
 | 
						|
 * gtk_widget_get_clipboard:
 | 
						|
 * @widget: a #GtkWidget
 | 
						|
 * @selection: a #GdkAtom which identifies the clipboard
 | 
						|
 *             to use. %GDK_SELECTION_CLIPBOARD gives the
 | 
						|
 *             default clipboard. Another common value
 | 
						|
 *             is %GDK_SELECTION_PRIMARY, which gives
 | 
						|
 *             the primary X selection. 
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Returns the clipboard object for the given selection to
 | 
						|
 * be used with @widget. @widget must have a #GdkDisplay
 | 
						|
 * associated with it, so must be attached to a toplevel
 | 
						|
 * window.
 | 
						|
 * 
 | 
						|
 * Return value: the appropriate clipboard object. If no
 | 
						|
 *             clipboard already exists, a new one will
 | 
						|
 *             be created. Once a clipboard object has
 | 
						|
 *             been created, it is persistent for all time.
 | 
						|
 *
 | 
						|
 * Since: 2.2
 | 
						|
 **/
 | 
						|
GtkClipboard *
 | 
						|
gtk_widget_get_clipboard (GtkWidget *widget, GdkAtom selection)
 | 
						|
{
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (GTK_IS_WIDGET (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  g_return_val_if_fail (gtk_widget_has_screen (widget), NULL);
 | 
						|
  
 | 
						|
  return gtk_clipboard_get_for_display (gtk_widget_get_display (widget),
 | 
						|
					selection);
 | 
						|
}
 |